Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

to be on fire for the Lord

  • 1 вера

    I
    1) (уверенность в реальном существовании Бога и доверие к Нему; представляет собой основной признак религ. сознания; определяет переживания и поведение верующих) faith, belief

    без веры прил. — faithless

    вера в Бога, в загробную жизнь — the belief in God, afterlife

    "Вера же есть осуществление ожидаемого и уверенность в невидимом" (Послание к евреям св. ап. Павла 11:1) — "Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen"

    вера, не знающая сомнений — robust faith

    возрастать в вере — to grow in Christ, to grow in ( one's) faith

    изложение веры (официальное) — consensus, (formal) statement of belief

    непоколебимая вера — deep-seated [abiding, unwavering] faith

    совершенствоваться в вере — to grow in Christ, to grow in ( one's) faith

    "... что вера без дел мертва?" (Послание ап. Иакова 2:20) — "that faith without works is dead?"

    ясная вера (вера в догматы церкви с полным знанием, что из себя представляет догмат и способностью дать объяснение этим догматам) — explicit faith

    2) (религия, вероисповедание) religion
    II см. Символ веры

    Русско-английский словарь религиозной лексики > вера

  • 2 अग्निः _agniḥ

    अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.']
    1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c.
    -2 The God of fire.
    -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232.
    -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
    -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते).
    -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्).
    -7 Gold.
    -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26.
    -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida.
    -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ
    -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1.
    -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28.
    -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.
    [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three- fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and + produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers.
    Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons - Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव].
    -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire- sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14.
    -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket,
    -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्.
    -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति.
    -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (
    -यम्) =
    ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि.
    -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved).
    -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18.
    -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.
    -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis.
    -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.
    -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā.
    -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary.
    -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark.
    -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.]
    1 cauterization.
    -2 action of fire.
    -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25.
    -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।).
    -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्]
    1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्.
    -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु)
    -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.
    -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.
    -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय.
    -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.
    -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू]
    -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.
    -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥
    -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.]
    1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies.
    -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284.
    -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations.
    -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (
    --र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य]
    1 N. of the plant Agnijāra.
    -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7.
    -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire.
    (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.)
    -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती)
    -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी]
    -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.
    -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.
    -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11.
    -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132.
    -2 (
    -यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 a heap of fire
    -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्.
    -चूडः A bird having a red tuft.
    -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93.
    -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire.
    (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति).
    1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (
    -जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्.
    -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4.
    -जिह्व a.
    1 having a fiery tongue.
    -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (
    -ह्वा)
    1 a tongue or flame of fire.
    -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः
    -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी)
    -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire.
    -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी).
    -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.
    -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते]
    1 practising very aus- tere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires.
    -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire
    -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (
    -स् n.) the lustre of fire. (
    -स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara.
    -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि.
    -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.]
    1 giving or supplying with fire
    -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion.
    -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45.
    -दग्ध a.
    1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P.
    -2 burnt with fire.
    -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.
    -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी]
    -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि.
    -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.
    -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (
    -प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion.
    -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion.
    -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13.
    -दूषितः a. branded.
    -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.
    -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका).
    -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95.
    -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3.
    -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55.
    -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्.
    -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार.
    -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.
    -पदम् 1 the word Agni.
    -2 fire-place.
    -3 N. of a plant.
    -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.
    -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4.
    -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.
    -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire.
    -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43.
    -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.
    -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.
    -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.
    -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8.
    -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.
    -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.
    -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26.
    -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire.
    -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P.
    -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः)
    -2 N. of the letter र्.
    -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.]
    1 'shining like fire,' gold.
    -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका.
    -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः]
    1 water.
    -2 gold.
    -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire.
    (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya.
    -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni.
    -3 (arith.) six.
    -भूति a. produced from fire. (
    -तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (
    -तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire.
    -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11.
    -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone.
    -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः]
    1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick.
    -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself.
    -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (
    -न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते),
    -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.
    -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.
    -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name.
    -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (
    -खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य]
    1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.)
    -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज)
    -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः).
    -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्)
    -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त
    -6 'fire- mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (
    -खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्]
    1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला).
    -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल).
    -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा].
    -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.
    -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17.
    -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता.
    -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43.
    -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.
    -रक्षणम् 1 con- secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र.
    -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c.
    -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ.
    -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः]
    1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप.
    -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni.
    -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7
    -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
    -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile.
    -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः).
    -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire.
    -रूपम् the nature of fire.
    -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.
    -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.
    -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥
    -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni
    -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas.
    -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91.
    (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana.
    -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (
    -र्णा) a strong liquor.
    -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic.
    (-कः) 1 a tonic.
    -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार).
    -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्]
    1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta.
    -2 the resinous juice of it.
    -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment.
    -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा]
    1 smoke.
    -2 a goat.
    -वाहनम् a goat (छाग).
    -विद् m.
    1 one who knows the mystery about Agni.
    -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v.
    -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.
    -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.
    -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि.
    -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348.
    -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni.
    -2 gold.
    -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra- māditya).
    -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक).
    -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti.
    -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh.
    -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj- ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8.
    -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3.
    -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage.
    -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām.
    (-खः) 1 a lamp.
    -2 a rocket, fiery arrow.
    -3 an arrow in general.
    -4 safflower plant.
    -5 saffron.
    -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष.
    (-खम्) 1 saffron.
    -2 gold.
    (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb.
    -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni- spermum Cordifolium.
    -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire.
    -शेखर a. fire-crested. (
    -रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (
    -रम्) gold,
    -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252.
    -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni
    -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c.
    -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16.
    -2 a fire-pan.
    -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3.
    -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः
    -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire.
    -2 hallowing or con- secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56.
    -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind.
    -2 the wild pigeon (smoke- coloured).
    -3 smoke.
    -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or pro- duced from fire.
    (-वः) 1 wild safflower.
    -2 lymph, result of digestion. (
    -वम्) gold.
    -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48.
    -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (
    -रः -रम्) power or essence of fire.
    -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93.
    -सूत्रम् a thread of fire.
    -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.
    -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67.
    -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni.
    -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 N. of a medicine so used.
    -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a por- tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74.
    -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्]
    1 = अग्निष्टोम.
    -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.
    -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र]
    1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम.
    -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt.
    -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu.
    -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclu- sion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
    -सावर्णिः Name of Manu.
    -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.
    -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descen- dants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः).
    -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8.
    -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.]
    1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.).
    -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (
    -त्र) a. Ved.
    1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra.
    -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र.
    -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि]
    1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire.
    -2 one who has prepared the sacrifi- cial place.
    -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अग्निः _agniḥ

  • 3 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    ① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    ⓑ special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    ② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    ⓓ other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    ③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    ④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    ⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    ⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    ⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    ⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    ⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

  • 4 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 5 house

    1. noun
    , pl. houses
    1) Haus, das

    to/at my house — zu mir [nach Hause]/bei mir [zu Hause]

    keep house [for somebody] — [jemandem] den Haushalt führen

    put or set one's house in order — (fig.) seine Angelegenheiten in Ordnung bringen

    [as] safe as houses — absolut sicher

    [get on] like a house on fire — (fig.) prächtig [miteinander auskommen]

    2) (Parl.) (building) Parlamentsgebäude, das; (assembly) Haus, das

    the House — (Brit.) das Parlament; see also academic.ru/14642/Commons">Commons; lord 1. 3); parliament; representative 1. 2)

    3) (institution) Haus, das

    fashion house — Modehaus, das

    4) (inn etc.) Wirtshaus, das
    5) (Theatre) (audience) Publikum, das; (performance) Vorstellung, die

    bring the house down — stürmischen Beifall auslösen; (cause laughter) Lachstürme entfesseln

    2. transitive verb
    1) (provide with home) ein Heim geben (+ Dat.)

    be housed in something — in etwas (Dat.) untergebracht sein

    2) (keep, store) unterbringen; einlagern [Waren]
    •• Cultural note:
    Die zwei Häuser des britischen Parlaments: House of Commons und House of Lords. Der Westminster Palace (Westminsterpalast), der Gebäudekomplex im Zentrum von London, wo beide Häuser untergebracht sind, ist auch als Houses of Parliament bekannt
    Eines der zwei Häuser der britischen Houses of Parliament, das Unterhaus des britischen Parlaments. Die gewählten Members of Parliament treten hier zusammen, um innen- und außenpolitische Themen zu debattieren und über Gesetzesvorschläge abzustimmen.
    Eines der zwei Häuser der britischen Houses of Parliament, das Oberhaus des britischen Parlaments. Seine Mitglieder werden nicht gewählt, sondern haben als Peers (Adelige), durch Geburt, Amt oder Erhebung in den Adelsstand, ein Anrecht auf einen Sitz im Oberhaus. Aufgrund entsprehender Reformbestrebungen ist es wahrscheinlich, dass der Anspruch der erblichen Peers auf Sitz und Stimme im Oberhaus abgeschafft werden wird. Das House of Lords hat die Aufgabe, Gesetze, die vom House of Commons verabschiedet wurden, zu diskutieren und sie entweder anzunehmen oder Änderungen vorzuschlagen. Allerdings hat es nur noch die Macht, Gesetze zu verzögern und bei Etat-Vorlagen hat es überhaupt kein Mitspracherecht mehr. Das House of Lords fungiert auch als oberstes Gericht in Großbritannien.
    * * *
    1. plural - houses; noun
    1) (a building in which people, especially a single family, live: Houses have been built on the outskirts of the town for the workers in the new industrial estate.) das Haus
    2) (a place or building used for a particular purpose: a hen-house; a public house.) das Haus
    3) (a theatre, or the audience in a theatre: There was a full house for the first night of the play.) das Haus
    4) (a family, usually important or noble, including its ancestors and descendants: the house of David.) das Geschlecht
    2. verb
    1) (to provide with a house, accommodation or shelter: All these people will have to be housed; The animals are housed in the barn.) unterbringen
    2) (to store or keep somewhere: The electric generator is housed in the garage.) verstauen
    •
    - housing
    - housing benefit
    - house agent
    - house arrest
    - houseboat
    - housebreaker
    - housebreaking
    - house-fly
    - household
    - householder
    - household word
    - housekeeper
    - housekeeping
    - houseman
    - housetrain
    - house-warming     3. adjective
    a house-warming party.) Einweihungs-...
    - housewife
    - housework
    - like a house on fire
    * * *
    I. n
    [haʊs]
    1. (residence) Haus nt
    let's go to John's \house lass uns zu John gehen
    Sam's playing at Mary's \house Sam spielt bei Mary
    \house and home Haus und Hof
    to eat sb out of \house and home jdm die Haare vom Kopf fressen fam
    to be a mad \house ( fig) ein Irrenhaus sein
    to buy/own/rent a \house ein Haus kaufen/besitzen/mieten
    to keep \house den Haushalt führen
    to keep to the \house zu Hause bleiben
    to set up \house einen eigenen Hausstand gründen
    you woke the whole \house! du hast das ganze Haus geweckt!
    3. (building) Haus nt
    a \house of prayer/worship ein Haus nt des Gebets/der Andacht
    4. (business) Haus nt
    the pastries are made in \house das Gebäck wird hier im Hause hergestellt
    in a gambling casino, the odds always favour the \house in einem Spielkasino hat immer die Bank die größten Gewinnchancen
    the rules of the \house die Hausordnung
    publishing \house Verlag m
    on the \house auf Kosten des Hauses
    5. THEAT Haus nt
    to dress the \house mit Freikarten das Haus füllen
    to play to a full \house vor vollem Haus spielen
    to set the \house on fire das Publikum begeistern
    6. BRIT, AUS (at boarding school) Gruppenhaus nt; (at day school) [Schüler]mannschaft f
    the H\house of Habsburg/Windsor das Haus Habsburg/Windsor
    8. + sing/pl vb (legislative body) Parlament nt; (members collectively)
    ▪ the H\house das Parlament, die Abgeordneten pl
    upper/lower \house Ober-/Unterhaus nt
    9. (for animal)
    bird \house Vogelhaus nt, Voliere f
    dog \house Hundehütte f; (at zoo)
    insect/monkey/reptile \house Insekten-/Affen-/Reptilienhaus nt
    10. no pl (house music) House-Musik f
    11. ASTROL Haus nt
    12.
    ▶ \house of cards Kartenhaus nt
    ▶ to clean \house:
    it's time this company clean \house and get some fresh blood into the management AM es ist an der Zeit, dass diese Firma Ordnung bei sich schafft und frisches Blut in das Management bringt
    ▶ to collapse like a \house of cards wie ein Kartenhaus in sich akk zusammenfallen
    ▶ a \house divided cannot stand ( prov) man muss zusammenhalten
    ▶ to get on like a \house on fire ausgezeichnet miteinander auskommen
    ▶ to go all around the \houses umständlich vorgehen
    ▶ to set one's \house in order seine Angelegenheiten in Ordnung bringen
    ▶ like the side of a \house fett wie eine Tonne pej
    II. adj
    [haʊs]
    attr, inv
    1. (kept inside)
    \house cat/dog/pet Hauskatze f/-hund m/-tier nt
    2. (of establishment) Haus-
    \house rules Hausordnung f
    \house red/white wine Rot-/Weißwein m der Hausmarke
    III. vt
    [haʊz]
    ▪ to \house sb jdn unterbringen [o beherbergen]; criminal, terrorist jdm Unterschlupf gewähren
    the jail \houses 300 prisoners in dem Gefängnis können 300 Gefangene eingesperrt werden
    2. (contain)
    ▪ to \house sth:
    the museum \houses a famous collection das Museum beherbergt eine berühmte Sammlung
    ▪ to be \housed somewhere irgendwo untergebracht sein
    3. (encase)
    ▪ to \house sth etw verkleiden
    * * *
    [haʊs]
    1. n pl houses
    ['haʊzɪz]
    1) Haus nt; (= household) Haushalt m

    at my house — bei mir (zu Hause or zuhause (Aus, Sw ))

    to my house — zu mir (nach Hause or nachhause (Aus, Sw ))

    to set up house — einen eigenen Hausstand gründen; (in particular area) sich niederlassen

    he gets on like a house on fire with her (inf) — er kommt ausgezeichnet or prima (inf) mit ihr aus

    House of God or the Lord — Haus nt Gottes, Gotteshaus

    a house of worship — ein Ort m des Gebets, ein Haus nt der Andacht

    2) (POL)

    the upper/lower house — das Ober-/Unterhaus

    House of Commons/Lords (Brit) — (britisches) Unter-/Oberhaus

    the House ( Brit inf ) — das Parlament; (as address also) das Hohe Haus

    3) (= family, line) Haus nt, Geschlecht nt

    the House of Bourbon — das Haus Bourbon, das Geschlecht der Bourbonen

    4) (= firm) Haus nt

    on the house — auf Kosten des Hauses; (on the company) auf Kosten der Firma

    5) (THEAT) Haus nt; (= performance) Vorstellung f
    6) (in boarding school) Gruppenhaus nt; (in day school) eine von mehreren Gruppen verschiedenaltriger Schüler, die z. B. in Wettkämpfen gegeneinander antreten
    7)

    (in debate) House — Versammlung f

    the motion before the House — das Diskussionsthema, das zur Debatte or Diskussion stehende Thema

    this House believes capital punishment should be reintroduced — wir stellen die Frage zur Diskussion, ob die Todesstrafe wieder eingeführt werden sollte; (in conclusion) die Anwesenden sind der Meinung, dass die Todesstrafe wieder eingeführt werden sollte

    8)
    9) (MUS) House m [hauz]
    2. vt
    people, goods, collection unterbringen; (TECH ALSO) einbauen

    this building houses three offices/ten families —

    * * *
    A s [haʊs] pl houses [ˈhaʊzız]
    1. Haus n (auch die Hausbewohner):
    the whole house knew it das ganze Haus wusste es;
    the house where I was born mein Geburtshaus;
    house and home Haus und Hof;
    keep the house das Haus hüten;
    get on like a house on fire umg sich prima oder blendend verstehen;
    house of God Gotteshaus n;
    house of tolerance obs Bordell n; → card1 1, correction 4, eat B 1, fame 1, safe A 3
    2. Haus(halt) n(m), -haltung f:
    keep house den Haushalt führen ( for sb jemandem);
    put ( oder set) one’s house in order fig seine Angelegenheiten in Ordnung bringen;
    put ( oder set) your own house in order first fig kehr erst einmal vor deiner eigenen Tür; → open house
    3. Haus n, (besonders Fürsten) Geschlecht n, Familie f, Dynastie f:
    the House of Hanover das Haus Hannover
    4. WIRTSCH
    a) (Handels)Haus n, Firma f:
    on the house auf Kosten der Firma, auf Firmenkosten, (auch im Wirtshaus etc) auf Kosten des Hauses
    b) the House umg die Londoner Börse ( → A 5)
    5. meist House PARL Haus n, Kammer f, Parlament n:
    d) koll das Haus (die Abgeordneten) ( → A 4);
    the Houses of Parliament die Parlamentsgebäude (in London);
    enter the House Mitglied des Parlaments werden;
    there is a House es ist Parlamentssitzung;
    the House rose at 5 o’clock die Sitzung endete um 5 Uhr;
    make a House die zur Beschlussfähigkeit nötige Anzahl von Parlamentsmitgliedern zusammenbringen;
    no House das Haus ist nicht beschlussfähig; → lower house, upper house
    6. Ratsversammlung f, Rat m:
    7. THEAT
    a) Haus n:
    b) (das) Publikum, (die) Zuschauer pl: → bring down 8
    c) Vorstellung f:
    the second house die zweite Vorstellung (des Tages)
    8. UNIV Br Haus n:
    a) Wohngebäude n der Studenten (eines englischen College)
    b) College n:
    the House Christ Church (College in Oxford)
    9. SCHULE Wohngebäude n (eines Internats)
    10. ASTROL
    a) Haus n
    b) (einem Planeten zugeordnetes) Tierkreiszeichen
    11. Curling: Zielkreis m
    12. umg Freudenhaus n (Bordell)
    B v/t [haʊz]
    1. (in einem Haus oder einer Wohnung) unterbringen
    2. (in ein Haus) aufnehmen, beherbergen (auch fig enthalten)
    3. unter Dach und Fach bringen, verwahren
    4. TECH (in einem Gehäuse) unterbringen
    5. SCHIFF
    a) bergen
    b) die Bramstengen streichen
    c) in sichere Lage bringen, befestigen
    6. Zimmerei: verzapfen
    C v/i wohnen, leben
    * * *
    1. noun
    , pl. houses
    1) Haus, das

    to/at my house — zu mir [nach Hause]/bei mir [zu Hause]

    keep house [for somebody] — [jemandem] den Haushalt führen

    put or set one's house in order — (fig.) seine Angelegenheiten in Ordnung bringen

    [as] safe as houses — absolut sicher

    [get on] like a house on fire — (fig.) prächtig [miteinander auskommen]

    2) (Parl.) (building) Parlamentsgebäude, das; (assembly) Haus, das

    the House — (Brit.) das Parlament; see also Commons; lord 1. 3); parliament; representative 1. 2)

    3) (institution) Haus, das

    fashion house — Modehaus, das

    4) (inn etc.) Wirtshaus, das
    5) (Theatre) (audience) Publikum, das; (performance) Vorstellung, die

    bring the house down — stürmischen Beifall auslösen; (cause laughter) Lachstürme entfesseln

    2. transitive verb
    1) (provide with home) ein Heim geben (+ Dat.)

    be housed in something — in etwas (Dat.) untergebracht sein

    2) (keep, store) unterbringen; einlagern [Waren]
    •• Cultural note:
    Die zwei Häuser des britischen Parlaments: House of Commons und House of Lords. Der Westminster Palace (Westminsterpalast), der Gebäudekomplex im Zentrum von London, wo beide Häuser untergebracht sind, ist auch als Houses of Parliament bekannt
    Eines der zwei Häuser der britischen Houses of Parliament, das Unterhaus des britischen Parlaments. Die gewählten Members of Parliament treten hier zusammen, um innen- und außenpolitische Themen zu debattieren und über Gesetzesvorschläge abzustimmen.
    Eines der zwei Häuser der britischen Houses of Parliament, das Oberhaus des britischen Parlaments. Seine Mitglieder werden nicht gewählt, sondern haben als Peers (Adelige), durch Geburt, Amt oder Erhebung in den Adelsstand, ein Anrecht auf einen Sitz im Oberhaus. Aufgrund entsprehender Reformbestrebungen ist es wahrscheinlich, dass der Anspruch der erblichen Peers auf Sitz und Stimme im Oberhaus abgeschafft werden wird. Das House of Lords hat die Aufgabe, Gesetze, die vom House of Commons verabschiedet wurden, zu diskutieren und sie entweder anzunehmen oder Änderungen vorzuschlagen. Allerdings hat es nur noch die Macht, Gesetze zu verzögern und bei Etat-Vorlagen hat es überhaupt kein Mitspracherecht mehr. Das House of Lords fungiert auch als oberstes Gericht in Großbritannien.
    * * *
    n.
    Haus Häuser n.
    Heim -e n. v.
    unterbringen v.

    English-german dictionary > house

  • 6 en

    prep.
    viven en la capital they live in the capital
    tiene el dinero en el banco he keeps his money in the bank
    en la mesa/el plato on the table/plate
    en casa/el trabajo at home/work
    2 into.
    el avión cayó en el mar the plane fell into the sea
    entraron en la habitación they came/went into the room
    3 in (time) (month, year).
    nació en 1953/marzo she was born in 1953/March
    en Nochebuena on Christmas Eve
    en Navidades at Christmas
    en aquella época at that time, in those days
    en un par de días in a couple of days
    ir en tren/coche/avión/barco to go by train/car/plane/boat
    5 in (modo).
    en voz baja in a low voice
    lo dijo en inglés she said it in English
    pagar en libras to pay in pounds
    la inflación aumentó en un 10 por ciento inflation increased by 10 percent
    todo se lo gasta en ropa he spends everything on clothes
    6 in (price).
    las ganancias se calculan en millones profits are calculated in millions
    te lo dejo en 5.000 I'll let you have it for 5,000
    7 from (causa).
    lo detecté en su forma de hablar I could tell from the way he was speaking
    8 in, made of (materia).
    en seda in silk
    9 in terms of.
    lo supera en inteligencia she is more intelligent than he is
    10 on, over, upon.
    11 at, over at, in, over in.
    En ese momento ...at that moment.
    12 to.
    * * *
    en
    1 (lugar - gen) in, at
    2 (- en el interior) in, inside
    4 (año, mes, estación) in; (día) on; (época, momento) at
    7 (tema, materia) at, in
    8 (modo, manera) in
    ■ los valores aumentaron en un 6% securities increased by 6%
    10 en + gerund upon
    ■ en llegando el maestro, los niños se levantan upon the teacher's arrival, the children stand up
    \
    de casa en casa from house to house
    en cuanto as soon as
    en camino on the way
    * * *
    prep.
    1) in
    2) on
    3) at
    4) by
    6) into
    * * *
    PREP
    1) [indicando lugar]
    a) (=dentro de) in

    está en el cajón/en el armario — it's in the drawer/in the wardrobe

    b) (=encima de) on
    c) [con países, ciudades, calles]
    d) [con edificios]
    2) [indicando movimiento] into
    3) [indicando modo] in
    4) [indicando proporción] by
    5) [indicando tiempo]

    ayer en la mañana — LAm yesterday morning

    en la mañana del accidente — LAm on the morning of the accident

    6) [indicando tema, ocupación]

    Hugo en Segismundo — (Cine, Teat) Hugo as Segismundo, Hugo in the role of Segismundo

    7) [con medios de transporte] by
    8) [con cantidades] at, for
    9) [con infinitivo]
    10) † [con gerundio]
    EN Como preposición de lugar, en se traduce normalmente por on, in o at. La elección de una de estas tres preposiciones depende a menudo de cómo percibe el hablante la relación espacial. He aquí unas líneas generales: ► Se traduce por on cuando en equivale a encima de o nos referimos a algo que se percibe como una superficie o una línea, por ejemplo una mesa, una carretera {etc}: "¿Has visto mi vestido?" - "Está en la tabla de planchar" "Have you seen my dress?" - "It's on the ironing-board" Estaban tumbados en la playa They were lying on the beach Está construyendo una casa en la colina He's building a house on the hill ... un pueblo en la costa oeste...... a village on the west coast... La gasolinera está en la carretera que va a Motril The petrol station is on the road to Motril Dibujó un león en la hoja de papel He drew a lion on the piece of paper Tiene un grano en la nariz He has a spot on his nose Lo vi en la tele I saw him on TV ► Se usa in cuando equivale a dentro de o cuando nos referimos a un espacio que se percibe como limitado (calle, montañas, etc): Tus gafas están en mi bolso Your glasses are in my bag Tienes una pestaña en el ojo You've got an eyelash in your eye Lo leí en un libro I read it in a book Se han comprado un chalet en la sierra They've bought a chalet in the mountains Viven en la calle de Serrano They live in the Calle de Serrano ► Lo traducimos por at para referirnos a un edificio cuando hablamos de la actividad que normalmente se realiza en él o cuando en indica un lugar concreto. También se traduce por at cuando en la dirección incluimos el número o el nombre de la casa: ¿Por qué no comemos en el restaurante de tu hermano? Why don't we have lunch at your brother's restaurant? Voy a pasar el día en el museo I'm going to spend the day at the museum Te espero en la parada del autobús I'll meet you at the bus-stop Vivimos en la calle Dale nº 12 We live at 12 Dale Street Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

    viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

    viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

    nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

    b) ( dentro de) in
    c) ( sobre) on
    2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in
    3)
    a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)
    b) (indicando proporción, precio)

    lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

    las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

    4)
    a) (indicando estado, manera) in

    en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

    en llamas — in flames, on fire

    ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

    fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

    5)

    ¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

    en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

    7)
    * * *
    = in, onto, into, at, throughout.
    Ex. The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.
    Ex. When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.
    Ex. The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.
    Ex. He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.
    Ex. Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.
    ----
    * en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.
    * en abstracto = abstractly.
    * en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.
    * en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en adelante = forward [forwards].
    * en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.
    * en alerta roja = on red alert.
    * en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.
    * en alguna parte = someplace.
    * en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.
    * en algunos casos = in some cases.
    * en algunos grupos = in some quarters.
    * en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en algunos sitios = in places.
    * en alquiler = rented.
    * en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.
    * en alza = on the upswing.
    * en ambas direcciones = two-way.
    * en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.
    * en ángulo = angled.
    * en ángulo recto = at right angles.
    * en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.
    * en antelación = anticipatory.
    * en anticipación = anticipatory.
    * en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.
    * en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en apoyo a = in support of.
    * en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.
    * en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.
    * en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.
    * en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.
    * en aquellos casos = in those cases.
    * en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.
    * en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.
    * en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.
    * en aras a = in the name of.
    * en aras de = in the interest(s) of.
    * en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.
    * en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.
    * en ascuas = on tenterhooks.
    * en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.
    * en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.
    * en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.
    * en Babia = absent-minded.
    * en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.
    * en bandada = in full force.
    * en bandadas = in droves.
    * en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.
    * en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * en bisel = angled.
    * en blanco = blankly, blank.
    * en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).
    * en bloque = en bloc.
    * en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.
    * en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.
    * en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].
    * en broma = teasingly.
    * en buena compañía = in good company.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * en buena parte = for the most part.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.
    * en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.
    * en búsqueda de = a quest for.
    * en cada fase = at each stage.
    * en caída = flowing.
    * en caja = boxed.
    * en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * en cama = abed.
    * en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * en cantidad = bulk.
    * en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.
    * en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.
    * en carnavales = carnivalistically.
    * en carne y hueso = in the flesh.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.
    * en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.
    * en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.
    * en chirona = behind bars.
    * en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.
    * en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.
    * en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.
    * en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.
    * en cierto grado = something of.
    * en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.
    * en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.
    * en ciertos casos = in certain cases.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en circuito cerrado = looped.
    * en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.
    * en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.
    * en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.
    * en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.
    * en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.
    * en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.
    * en coche = drive.
    * en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.
    * en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.
    * en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.
    * en columnas = columnar.
    * en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en coma = comatose.
    * en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.
    * en comisión de servicios = seconded.
    * en comparación = by comparison.
    * en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.
    * en compensación = compensatory.
    * en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.
    * en común con = in common with.
    * en conciencia = in good conscience.
    * en conclusión = in conclusion.
    * en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.
    * en concreto = in particular, to be specific.
    * en condiciones = decent.
    * en condiciones de = in the position to.
    * en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.
    * en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.
    * en conexión con = in respect of.
    * en confidencia = in confidence.
    * en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).
    * en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.
    * en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.
    * en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.
    * en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.
    * en connivencia = colluding.
    * en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * en consecuencia lógica = by implication.
    * en consideración = under consideration.
    * en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * en consonacia con = in line with.
    * en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.
    * en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.
    * en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.
    * en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.
    * en construcción = under development, under construction.
    * en contacto = in communication.
    * en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.
    * en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.
    * en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].
    * en continua expansión = expanding.
    * en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.
    * en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.
    * en contra = counterpoint, against.
    * en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].
    * en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.
    * en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].
    * en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].
    * en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.
    * en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.
    * en contra del gobierno = anti-government.
    * en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.
    * en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).
    * en contravención de = in contravention of.
    * en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).
    * en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].
    * en cooperación con = in cooperation with.
    * en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].
    * en costras = caked.
    * en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.
    * en cuadernillo = in booklet form.
    * en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.
    * en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.
    * en cualquier orden = either way round.
    * en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro momento = some other time.
    * en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.
    * en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.
    * en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier situación = in any given situation.
    * en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.
    * en cuanto a él = as for him.
    * en cuanto a ella = as for her.
    * en cuanto a ellos = as for them.
    * en cuanto a los hechos = factually.
    * en cuanto a mí = as for me.
    * en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.
    * en cuanto a ti = as for you.
    * en cuanto a usted = as for you.
    * en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.
    * en cuanto + nacer = at birth.
    * en cuanto que = in that.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.
    * en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.
    * en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.
    * en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.
    * en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.
    * en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.
    * en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.
    * en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.
    * en cuestiones de = in matters of.
    * en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.
    * en cursiva = in italic type.
    * en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.
    * en curso de = in course of.
    * en cuyo caso = in which case.
    * en danza = on the run.
    * en decadencia = bankrupt.
    * en defensa propia = in self-defence.
    * en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.
    * en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.
    * en demanda = in-demand.
    * en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.
    * en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.
    * en desacuerdo con = at odds with.
    * en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.
    * en desarrollo = evolving, under development.
    * en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.
    * en desesperación = despairing, in despair.
    * en desuso = obsolete, disused.
    * en detalle = at length.
    * en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.
    * en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.
    * en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.
    * en diagonal = herringbone.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.
    * en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.
    * en dificultades = stranded.
    * en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].
    * en dirección de la proa = abaft.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * en dirección norte = northbound.
    * en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).
    * en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * en disco = ondisc.
    * en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.
    * en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.
    * en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.
    * en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.
    * en distintos formatos = multiform.
    * en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.
    * en diversas lenguas = multilingually.
    * en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.
    * en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.
    * en diversos formatos = multiform.
    * en donde = where, wherein.
    * en dos años = over a two-year period.
    * en dos lenguas = bilingually.
    * en dos niveles = split-level.
    * en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.
    * en dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en edad de trabajar = working-age.
    * en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en el abandono = in the wilderness.
    * en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.
    * en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.
    * en el ámbito de = in the realm of.
    * en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * en el año entrante = in the coming year.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year.
    * en el año venidero = in the coming year.
    * en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.
    * en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.
    * en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.
    * en el aula de clase = classroom-based.
    * en el banquillo = on the bench.
    * en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.
    * en el campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el candelero = in the spotlight.
    * en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.
    * en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.
    * en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.
    * en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el centro de = at the heart of.
    * en el cine = at the movies.
    * en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.
    * en el contexto de = in the realm of.
    * en el culo = in the bottom.
    * en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.
    * en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * en el desierto = in the wilderness.
    * en el detalle = in detail.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.
    * en el eje = at the core (of).
    * en el entorno de = in the realm of.
    * en el escenario = on stage.
    * en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.
    * en el espacio = spatially.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el estudio = at study, at study.
    * en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.
    * en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.
    * en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.
    * en el fondo de = at the root of.
    * en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.
    * en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.
    * en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro lejano = further in the future.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en el horario de trabajo = on company time.
    * en el horizonte = on the horizon.
    * en el hospital = at the bedside.
    * en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.
    * en el juego = at play.
    * en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.
    * en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.
    * en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en el mandato = in office.
    * en el mando = at the wheel.
    * en el mar = at sea.
    * en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.
    * en el más allá = dead and gone.
    * en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.
    * en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en el momento = on the spot.
    * en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * en el momento adecuado = at the right time.
    * en el momento de = at the time (that/of).
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.
    * en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.
    * en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el momento justo = on cue.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.
    * en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.
    * en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.
    * en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.
    * en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.
    * en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el norte del estado = upstate.
    * en el núcleo = at the core (of).
    * en el ocaso = over the hill.
    * en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).
    * en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.
    * en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.
    * en el período penoso de = in the throes of.
    * en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.
    * en el piso de abajo = downstairs.
    * en el piso de arriba = upstairs.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * en el primer caso = in the former case.
    * en el proceso = in the process.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.
    * en el punto álgido de = at the height of.
    * en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el que = wherein.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quirófano = under the knife.
    * en el resto = everywhere else.
    * en el resto de = elsewhere.
    * en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.
    * en el segundo caso = in the latter case.
    * en el seno de = within, among.
    * en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en el timón = in the saddle.
    * en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.
    * en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.
    * en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.
    * en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.
    * en el trasfondo de = at the root of.
    * en el último caso = in the latter case.
    * en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.
    * en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.
    * en el umbral de = on the threshold of.
    * en el vuelo = in-flight.
    * en entrante = recessed.
    * en entredicho = under challenge.
    * en episodios = episodic.
    * en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.
    * en época de feria = carnivalistically.
    * en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.
    * en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.
    * en épocas de = in times of.
    * en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.
    * en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.
    * en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.
    * en épocas difíciles = in times of need.
    * en épocas pasadas = in past ages.
    * en escamas = flaky.
    * en ese caso = in that case.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.
    * en esencia = in essence, essentially.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en esos casos = in those cases.
    * en espacios cerrados = indoors.
    * en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).
    * en especie = in kind.
    * en espera = on hold.
    * en espiga = herringbone.
    * en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.
    * en estado = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.
    * en estado de alerta = on alert.
    * en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.
    * en estado de descomposición = decaying.
    * en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.
    * en estado de reserva = on standby.
    * en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.
    * en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.
    * en esta época del año = around this time of year.
    * en esta ocasión = on this occasion.
    * en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.
    * en esta situación = at this juncture.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.
    * en este extremo = to this extent.
    * en este grado = to this extent.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.
    * en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.
    * en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.
    * en estuche = boxed.
    * en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.
    * en exclusiva = exclusively.
    * en existencia = in existence.
    * en expansión = expanded.
    * en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.
    * en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.
    * en extensión = in length.
    * en extenso = at length, in full.
    * en extremo = no end, to no end.
    * en fase terminal = terminally ill.
    * en favor de = in favour of.
    * en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.
    * en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.
    * en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.
    * en forma de A = A-shaped.
    * en forma de arco = arched, bowed.
    * en forma de capa = cape-like.
    * en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.
    * en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.
    * en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.
    * en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.
    * en forma de D = d-shaped.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * en forma de L = L-shaped.
    * en forma de libro = in book form.
    * en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.
    * en forma de parásito = parasitically.
    * en forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.
    * en forma de U = U-shaped.
    * en forma de V = V-shaped.
    * en forma física = physically fit.
    * en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.
    * en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.
    * en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.
    * en formato digital = digitally.
    * en formato electrónico = in electronic form.
    * en formato MARC = in MARC form.
    * en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.
    * en frente = ahead, in front.
    * en frente de = in front of.
    * en funcionamiento = in operation.
    * en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.
    * en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.
    * en germinación = budding.
    * en gestación = in the making.
    * en grado mínimo = minimally.
    * en gran cantidad = prodigiously.
    * en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.
    * en grandes números = in record numbers.
    * en gran formato = oversize, oversized.
    * en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.
    * en gran número = numerously.
    * en gran parte
    * * *
    a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

    viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

    viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

    nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

    b) ( dentro de) in
    c) ( sobre) on
    2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in
    3)
    a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)
    b) (indicando proporción, precio)

    lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

    las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

    4)
    a) (indicando estado, manera) in

    en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

    en llamas — in flames, on fire

    ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

    fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

    5)

    ¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

    en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

    7)
    * * *
    = in, onto, into, at, throughout.

    Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

    Ex: When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.
    Ex: The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.
    Ex: He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.
    Ex: Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.
    * en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.
    * en abstracto = abstractly.
    * en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.
    * en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en adelante = forward [forwards].
    * en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.
    * en alerta roja = on red alert.
    * en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.
    * en alguna parte = someplace.
    * en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.
    * en algunos casos = in some cases.
    * en algunos grupos = in some quarters.
    * en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en algunos sitios = in places.
    * en alquiler = rented.
    * en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.
    * en alza = on the upswing.
    * en ambas direcciones = two-way.
    * en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.
    * en ángulo = angled.
    * en ángulo recto = at right angles.
    * en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.
    * en antelación = anticipatory.
    * en anticipación = anticipatory.
    * en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.
    * en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en apoyo a = in support of.
    * en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.
    * en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.
    * en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.
    * en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.
    * en aquellos casos = in those cases.
    * en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.
    * en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.
    * en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.
    * en aras a = in the name of.
    * en aras de = in the interest(s) of.
    * en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.
    * en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.
    * en ascuas = on tenterhooks.
    * en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.
    * en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.
    * en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.
    * en Babia = absent-minded.
    * en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.
    * en bandada = in full force.
    * en bandadas = in droves.
    * en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.
    * en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * en bisel = angled.
    * en blanco = blankly, blank.
    * en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).
    * en bloque = en bloc.
    * en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.
    * en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.
    * en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].
    * en broma = teasingly.
    * en buena compañía = in good company.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * en buena parte = for the most part.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.
    * en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.
    * en búsqueda de = a quest for.
    * en cada fase = at each stage.
    * en caída = flowing.
    * en caja = boxed.
    * en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * en cama = abed.
    * en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * en cantidad = bulk.
    * en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.
    * en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.
    * en carnavales = carnivalistically.
    * en carne y hueso = in the flesh.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.
    * en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.
    * en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.
    * en chirona = behind bars.
    * en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.
    * en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.
    * en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.
    * en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.
    * en cierto grado = something of.
    * en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.
    * en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.
    * en ciertos casos = in certain cases.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en circuito cerrado = looped.
    * en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.
    * en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.
    * en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.
    * en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.
    * en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.
    * en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.
    * en coche = drive.
    * en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.
    * en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.
    * en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.
    * en columnas = columnar.
    * en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en coma = comatose.
    * en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.
    * en comisión de servicios = seconded.
    * en comparación = by comparison.
    * en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.
    * en compensación = compensatory.
    * en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.
    * en común con = in common with.
    * en conciencia = in good conscience.
    * en conclusión = in conclusion.
    * en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.
    * en concreto = in particular, to be specific.
    * en condiciones = decent.
    * en condiciones de = in the position to.
    * en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.
    * en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.
    * en conexión con = in respect of.
    * en confidencia = in confidence.
    * en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).
    * en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.
    * en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.
    * en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.
    * en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.
    * en connivencia = colluding.
    * en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * en consecuencia lógica = by implication.
    * en consideración = under consideration.
    * en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * en consonacia con = in line with.
    * en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.
    * en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.
    * en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.
    * en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.
    * en construcción = under development, under construction.
    * en contacto = in communication.
    * en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.
    * en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.
    * en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].
    * en continua expansión = expanding.
    * en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.
    * en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.
    * en contra = counterpoint, against.
    * en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].
    * en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.
    * en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].
    * en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].
    * en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.
    * en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.
    * en contra del gobierno = anti-government.
    * en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.
    * en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).
    * en contravención de = in contravention of.
    * en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).
    * en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].
    * en cooperación con = in cooperation with.
    * en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].
    * en costras = caked.
    * en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.
    * en cuadernillo = in booklet form.
    * en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.
    * en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.
    * en cualquier orden = either way round.
    * en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro momento = some other time.
    * en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.
    * en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.
    * en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier situación = in any given situation.
    * en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.
    * en cuanto a él = as for him.
    * en cuanto a ella = as for her.
    * en cuanto a ellos = as for them.
    * en cuanto a los hechos = factually.
    * en cuanto a mí = as for me.
    * en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.
    * en cuanto a ti = as for you.
    * en cuanto a usted = as for you.
    * en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.
    * en cuanto + nacer = at birth.
    * en cuanto que = in that.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.
    * en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.
    * en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.
    * en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.
    * en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.
    * en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.
    * en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.
    * en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.
    * en cuestiones de = in matters of.
    * en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.
    * en cursiva = in italic type.
    * en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.
    * en curso de = in course of.
    * en cuyo caso = in which case.
    * en danza = on the run.
    * en decadencia = bankrupt.
    * en defensa propia = in self-defence.
    * en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.
    * en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.
    * en demanda = in-demand.
    * en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.
    * en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.
    * en desacuerdo con = at odds with.
    * en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.
    * en desarrollo = evolving, under development.
    * en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.
    * en desesperación = despairing, in despair.
    * en desuso = obsolete, disused.
    * en detalle = at length.
    * en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.
    * en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.
    * en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.
    * en diagonal = herringbone.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.
    * en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.
    * en dificultades = stranded.
    * en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].
    * en dirección de la proa = abaft.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * en dirección norte = northbound.
    * en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).
    * en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * en disco = ondisc.
    * en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.
    * en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.
    * en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.
    * en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.
    * en distintos formatos = multiform.
    * en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.
    * en diversas lenguas = multilingually.
    * en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.
    * en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.
    * en diversos formatos = multiform.
    * en donde = where, wherein.
    * en dos años = over a two-year period.
    * en dos lenguas = bilingually.
    * en dos niveles = split-level.
    * en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.
    * en dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en edad de trabajar = working-age.
    * en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en el abandono = in the wilderness.
    * en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.
    * en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.
    * en el ámbito de = in the realm of.
    * en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * en el año entrante = in the coming year.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year.
    * en el año venidero = in the coming year.
    * en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.
    * en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.
    * en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.
    * en el aula de clase = classroom-based.
    * en el banquillo = on the bench.
    * en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.
    * en el campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el candelero = in the spotlight.
    * en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.
    * en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.
    * en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.
    * en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el centro de = at the heart of.
    * en el cine = at the movies.
    * en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.
    * en el contexto de = in the realm of.
    * en el culo = in the bottom.
    * en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.
    * en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * en el desierto = in the wilderness.
    * en el detalle = in detail.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.
    * en el eje = at the core (of).
    * en el entorno de = in the realm of.
    * en el escenario = on stage.
    * en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.
    * en el espacio = spatially.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el estudio = at study, at study.
    * en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.
    * en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.
    * en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.
    * en el fondo de = at the root of.
    * en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.
    * en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.
    * en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro lejano = further in the future.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en el horario de trabajo = on company time.
    * en el horizonte = on the horizon.
    * en el hospital = at the bedside.
    * en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.
    * en el juego = at play.
    * en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.
    * en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.
    * en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en el mandato = in office.
    * en el mando = at the wheel.
    * en el mar = at sea.
    * en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.
    * en el más allá = dead and gone.
    * en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.
    * en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en el momento = on the spot.
    * en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * en el momento adecuado = at the right time.
    * en el momento de = at the time (that/of).
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.
    * en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.
    * en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el momento justo = on cue.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.
    * en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.
    * en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.
    * en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.
    * en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.
    * en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el norte del estado = upstate.
    * en el núcleo = at the core (of).
    * en el ocaso = over the hill.
    * en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).
    * en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.
    * en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.
    * en el período penoso de = in the throes of.
    * en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.
    * en el piso de abajo = downstairs.
    * en el piso de arriba = upstairs.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * en el primer caso = in the former case.
    * en el proceso = in the process.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.
    * en el punto álgido de = at the height of.
    * en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el que = wherein.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quirófano = under the knife.
    * en el resto = everywhere else.
    * en el resto de = elsewhere.
    * en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.
    * en el segundo caso = in the latter case.
    * en el seno de = within, among.
    * en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en el timón = in the saddle.
    * en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.
    * en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.
    * en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.
    * en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.
    * en el trasfondo de = at the root of.
    * en el último caso = in the latter case.
    * en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.
    * en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.
    * en el umbral de = on the threshold of.
    * en el vuelo = in-flight.
    * en entrante = recessed.
    * en entredicho = under challenge.
    * en episodios = episodic.
    * en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.
    * en época de feria = carnivalistically.
    * en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.
    * en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.
    * en épocas de = in times of.
    * en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.
    * en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.
    * en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.
    * en épocas difíciles = in times of need.
    * en épocas pasadas = in past ages.
    * en escamas = flaky.
    * en ese caso = in that case.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.
    * en esencia = in essence, essentially.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en esos casos = in those cases.
    * en espacios cerrados = indoors.
    * en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).
    * en especie = in kind.
    * en espera = on hold.
    * en espiga = herringbone.
    * en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.
    * en estado = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.
    * en estado de alerta = on alert.
    * en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.
    * en estado de descomposición = decaying.
    * en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.
    * en estado de reserva = on standby.
    * en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.
    * en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.
    * en esta época del año = around this time of year.
    * en esta ocasión = on this occasion.
    * en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.
    * en esta situación = at this juncture.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.
    * en este extremo = to this extent.
    * en este grado = to this extent.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.
    * en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.
    * en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.
    * en estuche = boxed.
    * en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.
    * en exclusiva = exclusively.
    * en existencia = in existence.
    * en expansión = expanded.
    * en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.
    * en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.
    * en extensión = in length.
    * en extenso = at length, in full.
    * en extremo = no end, to no end.
    * en fase terminal = terminally ill.
    * en favor de = in favour of.
    * en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.
    * en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.
    * en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.
    * en forma de A = A-shaped.
    * en forma de arco = arched, bowed.
    * en forma de capa = cape-like.
    * en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.
    * en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.
    * en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.
    * en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.
    * en forma de D = d-shaped.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * en forma de L = L-shaped.
    * en forma de libro = in book form.
    * en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.
    * en forma de parásito = parasitically.
    * en forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.
    * en forma de U = U-shaped.
    * en forma de V = V-shaped.
    * en forma física = physically fit.
    * en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.
    * en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.
    * en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.
    * en formato digital = digitally.
    * en formato electrónico = in electronic form.
    * en formato MARC = in MARC form.
    * en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.
    * en frente = ahead, in front.
    * en frente de = in front of.
    * en funcionamiento = in operation.
    * en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.
    * en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.
    * en germinación = budding.
    * en gestación = in the making.
    * en grado mínimo = minimally.
    * en gran cantidad = prodigiously.
    * en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.
    * en grandes números = in record numbers.
    * en gran formato = oversize, oversized.
    * en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.
    * en gran número = numerously.
    * en gran parte

    * * *
    en
    1
    (refiriéndose a una ciudad, un edificio): viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel
    en el quinto piso on the sixth ( AmE) o ( BrE) fifth floor
    viven en la calle Goya they live on o ( BrE) in Goya Street
    nos quedamos en casa we stayed home ( AmE), we stayed at home ( BrE)
    métete en la cama get into bed
    lo puso en una caja he put it in a box
    metió la mano en el conducto she stuck her hand into ( o down etc) the pipe
    3 (sobre) on
    lo puso en la mesa/pared he put it on the table/wall
    se sentó en una silla/en un sillón she sat down on a chair/in an armchair
    tendrás que dormir en el suelo you'll have to sleep on the floor
    se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face
    B
    1 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in
    vivir en armonía con la naturaleza to live in harmony with nature
    2
    de … en …: van de casa en casa/de puerta en puerta pidiendo dinero they go from house to house/from door to door asking for money
    nos tienes de sorpresa en sorpresa you're full of surprises
    C
    1 ‹un tema/una especialidad/una cualidad›
    es licenciado en filosofía he has a degree in philosophy
    es un experto en la materia he's an expert on the subject
    es muy bueno en historia he's very good at history
    supera a su hermana en inteligencia she surpasses her sister in intelligence
    2 ‹una proporción/un precio›
    ha aumentado en un diez por ciento it has gone up by ten per cent
    me lo vendió en $30 he sold it to me for $30
    las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 the losses were calculated at $50,000
    D
    1 ‹un estado/una manera› in
    en buenas/malas condiciones in good/bad condition
    un edificio en llamas a building in flames o on fire
    nos recibió en camisón he received us in his nightshirt
    con los músculos en tensión with (his) muscles tensed
    en posición vertical in an upright position
    2
    (con forma de): termina en punta it's pointed, it ends in o comes to a point
    colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle
    Luis Girón en el Alcalde Luis Girón as the Mayor
    pensamos ir en taxi/en coche/en barco we plan to go by taxi/by car/by boat
    ¿fueron en tren? — no, en avión did you go by train? — no, by plane o no, we flew
    fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes
    fuimos a dar una vuelta en coche we went for a drive o we went for a ride in the car
    E
    1
    (expresando el material): un modelo realizado en seda natural an outfit in natural silk
    ¿lo tienen en azul/(un) 38? do you have it in blue/a 38?
    una obra en tres actos a play in three acts
    ¿cuánto pesas en kilos? how much do you weigh in kilos?
    en ruso/en el código Morse in Russian/in Morse Code
    F
    (en expresiones de tiempo): en verano in (the) summer
    en mayo/1947 in May/1947
    en varias ocasiones on several occasions
    llegó justo en ese momento she arrived just at that moment, just then she arrived
    en la mañana/tarde ( esp AmL); in the morning/afternoon
    en la noche ( esp AmL); at night
    no vi a nadie en todo el día I didn't see anybody all day
    G
    no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen there's nothing wrong in what they're doing
    en + INF:
    tardó media hora en resolverlo it took her half an hour to work it out
    siempre es el último en salir he's always the last to leave
    2
    (con complementos de persona): en él ha encontrado un amigo she's found a friend in him
    problemas que se dan en las personas de edad problems which affect old people
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    en    
    en.
    en preposición
    1 ( en expresiones de lugar)
    a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio):

    ◊ viven en París/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/at number ten/in a hotel;

    en el último piso on the top floor;
    está en la calle Goya it's on o (BrE) in Goya Street;
    en casa at home
    b) ( dentro de) in;


    c) ( sobre) on;


    se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face
    2 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente) in;

    3
    a) (indicando tema, especialidad):


    doctor en derecho Doctor of Law
    b) (indicando proporción, precio):


    en dólares in dollars
    4
    a) (indicando estado, manera) in;


    en llamas in flames, on fire


    colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle


    fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes;
    dimos una vuelta en coche we went for a ride in the car
    5


    una escultura en bronce a bronze (sculpture)

    ◊ en azul/ruso in blue/Russian

    6 ( con expresiones de tiempo):

    en varias ocasiones on several occasions;
    en la mañana/noche (esp AmL) in the morning/at night
    7


    fuí el último en salir I was the last to leave


    en preposición
    1 (lugar) in, on, at: nos encontramos en el autobús, we met on the bus
    en Barcelona/Río, in Barcelona/Rio
    en el cajón, in the drawer
    en casa/el trabajo, at home/work
    (sobre) en la mesa, on the table
    2 (tiempo) in, on, at: cae en lunes, it falls on a Monday
    en 1975, in 1975
    en ese preciso instante, at that very moment
    en un minuto, in a minute
    en primavera, in spring
    LAm en la mañana, in the morning
    3 (modo) en bata, in a dressing gown
    en francés, in French
    en serio, seriously
    4 (medio) by, in: puede venir en avión/ coche/metro/tren, she can come by air/car/tube/train
    ¿por qué no vienes en avión?, why don't you fly?
    5 (movimiento) into: entró en la habitación, he went into the room
    entró en escena, he went on stage
    6 (tema, materia) at, in
    es muy bueno en matemáticas, he's very good at maths
    experto en finanzas, expert in finances
    7 (partición, fases) in: hicimos el viaje en dos etapas, we did the journey in two stages
    8 (de... en...) entraremos de tres en tres, we shall go in three by three
    9 (con infinitivo) fue rápido en desenfundar, he was quick to pull out
    se le nota la timidez en el hablar, you can notice his shyness by the way he speaks
    'en' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abasto
    - abatimiento
    - abdicar
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abogar
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abonada
    - abonado
    - abordar
    - abrir
    - abreviar
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - absorta
    - absorto
    - abstracta
    - abstracto
    - abstraída
    - abstraído
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - abundancia
    - abundante
    - abusar
    - acabar
    - academia
    - acariciar
    - acceder
    - acentuar
    - achantarse
    - achatamiento
    - achuchar
    - acoger
    - acomodar
    - acompañar
    - aconsejar
    - acontecer
    - acordar
    - acordarse
    - acostada
    - acostado
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    English:
    A
    - aback
    - abdicate
    - abide
    - ablaze
    - able
    - above
    - above-board
    - abreast
    - abroad
    - abscess
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolutely
    - absorbed
    - abstract
    - abundant
    - academic
    - academy
    - accent
    - access
    - account
    - accustom
    - acknowledgement
    - acquiesce
    - acquire
    - act
    - acting
    - action
    - active
    - actually
    - add
    - add in
    - addition
    - adept
    - adequate
    - administration
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advantage
    - adventure
    - advertise
    - advertising
    - affair
    - affect
    - afford
    - afloat
    - afraid
    - after
    * * *
    EN nm (abrev de Encuentro Nacional)
    = Paraguayan political party
    * * *
    en
    prp
    1 ( dentro de) in;
    en un mes in a month;
    en junio in June;
    en casa at home;
    en el cielo in heaven
    2 ( sobre) on;
    en la mesa on the table;
    en la calle on the street, Br tb in the street
    :
    en coche/tren by car/train
    4
    :
    en inglés in English;
    póngamelo en la cuenta put it on my account;
    aumentar en un 10 % grow (by) 10%, increase (by) 10%
    * * *
    en prep
    1) : in
    en el bolsillo: in one's pocket
    en una semana: in a week
    2) : on
    en la mesa: on the table
    3) : at
    en casa: at home
    en el trabajo: at work
    en ese momento: at that moment
    * * *
    en prep
    ¿en qué calle vives? which street do you live in?
    2. (edificios, fiestas específicas) at
    3. (superficies, días concretos) on

    Spanish-English dictionary > en

  • 7 त्रि _tri

    त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].
    -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.
    -2 a third part.
    -3 three-fourths.
    -अक्ष a. triocular.
    -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.
    -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.
    -2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).
    -3 a genealogist. (
    -री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.
    -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.
    -2 a sort of colly- rium. (
    -टः) N. of Śiva.
    -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).
    -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.
    -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.
    -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.
    -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.
    -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (
    नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.
    -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).
    -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (
    -का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.
    -अब्द a. three years old.
    -ब्दम् three years taken collectively.
    -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.
    -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī
    -अशीत a. eighty-third.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-three.
    -अष्टन् a. twenty-four.
    -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (
    -स्रम्) a triangle.
    -अहः 1 a period of three days.
    -2 a festival lasting three days.
    -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.
    -आहिक a.
    1 performed or produced in three days.
    -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).
    -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.
    -ऋचम् (
    तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.
    -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.
    -ककुद् m.
    1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.
    -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 the highest, chief.
    -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.
    -ककुभ् m. Ved.
    1 Indra.
    -2 Indra's thunderbolt.
    -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.
    -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.
    -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.
    -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).
    -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.
    -कायः N. of Buddha.
    -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.
    -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (
    -लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)
    1 a divine sage, seer.
    -2 a deity.
    -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.
    1 a Buddha.
    -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).
    -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.
    -कूटम् sea-salt.
    कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.
    -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.
    (-णः) 1 a triangle.
    -2 the vulva.
    -खम् 1 tin.
    -2 a cucumber.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.
    -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.
    -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.
    -गत a.
    1 tripled.
    -2 done in three days.
    -गर्ताः (pl.)
    1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.
    -2 the people or rulers of that country.
    -3 a particular mode of calculation.
    -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -3 a pearl.
    -4 a kind of cricket.
    -गुण a.
    1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.
    -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.
    -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (
    -णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.
    -णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.
    (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.
    -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.
    -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.
    -जगत् n.
    -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.
    -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).
    -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.
    -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.
    -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.
    -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.
    -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.
    -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.
    -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).
    -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.
    -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.
    -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.
    -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (
    -ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.
    -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -दशाः (pl.)
    1 thirty.
    -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (
    -शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः
    1 heaven.
    -2 the mountain Meru.
    -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः
    1 Indra.
    -2 Śiva.
    -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः
    1 Agni.
    -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.
    -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.
    -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.
    -2 sky, atmosphere.
    -3 paradise.
    -4 happi- ness. (
    -वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः
    1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा
    1 the Ganges.
    -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.
    -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.
    -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.
    -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;
    -तुम् 1 the triple world.
    -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.
    -धामन् m.
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Vyāsa;
    -3 of Śiva.
    -4 of Agni.
    -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.
    -धारा the Ganges.
    -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.
    - नवत a. ninety-third.
    -नवतिः f. ninety three.
    -नयना Pārvat&imacr.
    -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.
    -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.
    -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.
    -पुटः glass (काच).
    -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.
    -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.
    -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.
    -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.
    -2 a place where three roads meet. (
    -था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 fever (personified).
    -पद a. three-footed. (
    -दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.
    -पदिका 1 a tripod.
    -2 a stand with three feet.
    -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.
    -2 the Gāyatrī metre.
    -3 a tripod.
    -4 the plant गोधापदी.
    -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.
    -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.
    -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).
    -2 the figure formed by such intersection.
    -पाटिका a beak.
    पाठिन् a.
    1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.
    -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.
    -पादः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 fever.
    -पाद् a.
    1 having three feet.
    -2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.
    -3 trinomial. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).
    -पुट a. triangular.
    (-टः) 1 an arrow.
    -2 the palm of the hand.
    -3 a cubit.
    -4 a bank or shore.
    -पुटकः a triangle.
    -पुटा an epithet of Durgā.
    -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.
    -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.
    -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.
    -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (
    -रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.
    (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.
    -2 N. of a country.
    -पुरुष a
    1 having the length of three men.
    -2 having three assistants. (
    -षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.
    -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (
    ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुष a.
    1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.
    2 offered to three (as oblations).
    -3 inherited from three (as an estate).
    -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.
    -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).
    -बन्धनः the individual soul.
    -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.
    1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.
    -2 the anus.
    -बलीकम् the anus.
    -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.
    -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.
    -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.
    -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.
    -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.
    -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.
    -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).
    -भुजम् a triangle.
    -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.
    -भूमः a palace with three floors.
    -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.
    -मधु n.
    -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.
    -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).
    -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.
    -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.
    -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.
    -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -मुखः an epithet of Buddha.
    -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.
    -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.
    -2 Buddha, or Jina.
    -मूर्धन् m.
    1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.
    -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.
    -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.
    -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.
    -यामकम् sin.
    -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.
    -2 turmeric.
    -3 the Indigo plant.
    -4 the river Yamuṇā.
    -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.
    -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).
    -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.
    -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रम्) a period of three nights.
    -रेखः a conch-shell.
    -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.
    -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (
    -गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (
    -गी) the three genders taken collectively.
    -लोकम् the three worlds. (
    -कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of
    1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.
    -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.
    -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.
    -लोचनः Śiva.
    (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.
    -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.
    -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.
    -4 the three higher castes.
    -5 the three myrobalans.
    -6 propriety, decorum.
    -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.
    -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.
    -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)
    -वली the anus.
    -वारम् ind. three times, thrice.
    -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.
    -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.
    -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.
    -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.
    -वृत् a.
    1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.
    -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)
    1 a sacrifice.
    -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.
    -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.
    -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).
    -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.
    -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.
    -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.
    -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]
    -2 the Chātaka bird.
    -3 a cat.
    -4 a grass-hopper.
    -5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.
    -शत a. three hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.
    -2 three hundred.
    -शरणः a Buddha.
    -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).
    -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.
    -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.
    -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.
    -2 a crown or crest (with three points).
    -शिरस् m.
    1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.
    -शीर्षः Śiva.
    -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.
    -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -2 a triangle.
    -शोकः the soul.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-three.
    -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.
    -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also
    -त्रिसवनम् (
    -षवणम्); Ms.11.216.
    -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.
    -सप्तत a. seventy-third.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.
    -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.
    -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.
    -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.
    -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.
    -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.
    -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.
    -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.
    -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.
    -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).
    -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.
    -स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.
    -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.
    1 having 3 dwelling places.
    -2 extending through the 3 worlds.
    -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.
    -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).
    -हायण a. three years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri

  • 8 live

    I
    1. liv verb
    1) (to have life; to be alive: This poison is dangerous to everything that lives.) vivir
    2) (to survive: The doctors say he is very ill, but they think he will live; It was difficult to believe that she had lived through such an experience.) sobrevivir
    3) (to have one's home or dwelling (in a particular place): She lives next to the church; They went to live in Bristol / in a huge house.) vivir
    4) (to pass (one's life): He lived a life of luxury; She lives in fear of being attacked.) vivir
    5) ((with by) to make enough money etc to feed and house oneself: He lives by fishing.) vivir de
    •
    - - lived
    - living
    2. noun
    (the money etc needed to feed and house oneself and keep oneself alive: He earns his living driving a taxi; She makes a good living as an author.) medio de vida, sustento
    - live-in
    - live and let live
    - live down
    - live in
    - out
    - live on
    - live up to
    - within living memory
    - in living memory
    II
    1.
    adjective
    1) (having life; not dead: a live mouse.) vivo
    2) ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) heard or seen as the event takes place; not recorded: I watched a live performance of my favourite opera on television; Was the performance live or recorded?) en directo
    3) (full of energy, and capable of becoming active: a live bomb) activo, vivo
    4) (burning: a live coal.) candente

    2. adverb
    ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) as the event takes place: The competition will be broadcast live.) en directo
    - liveliness
    - livestock
    - live wire
    live1 adj
    1. vivo
    2. en directo / en vivo
    live2 vb
    1. vivir
    where do you live? ¿dónde vives?
    2. alimentarse
    3. sobrevivir / existir
    tr[laɪv]
    1 (not dead) vivo,-a
    2 (still burning) vivo,-a, candente; (issue) candente
    3 (ammunition) real; (bomb) sin explotar
    4 SMALLELECTRICITY/SMALL con corriente
    5 (broadcast) en directo
    1 en directo, en vivo
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    live wire cable nombre masculino vivo 2 (person) nervio, torbellino
    ————————
    tr[lɪv]
    1 vivir
    1 vivir
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to live and learn vivir para ver
    to live and let live vivir y dejar vivir
    to live by one's wits vivir del ingenio
    to live in sin vivir en el pecado
    to live in style familiar vivir a lo grande
    to live it up familiar pasárselo bomba
    to live out of a suitcase familiar ir de hotel en hotel
    to live out of cans familiar vivir (a base) de latas
    live ['lɪv] vi, lived ; living
    1) exist: vivir
    as long as I live: mientras viva
    to live from day to day: vivir al día
    2) : llevar una vida, vivir
    he lived simply: llevó una vida sencilla
    3) subsist: mantenerse, vivir
    4) reside: vivir, residir
    live ['laɪv] adj
    1) living: vivo
    2) burning: encendido
    a live coal: una brasa
    3) : con corriente
    live wires: cables con corriente
    4) : cargado, sin estallar
    a live bomb: una bomba sin estallar
    5) current: de actualidad
    a live issue: un asunto de actualidad
    6) : en vivo, en directo
    a live interview: una entrevista en vivo
    adj.
    • en vivo adj.
    adj.
    • de actualidad adj.
    • en directo adj.
    • encendido, -a adj.
    • vivo, -a adj.
    v.
    • anidar v.
    • habitar v.
    • morar v.
    • vivir v.

    I
    1. lɪv
    1)
    a) (be, remain alive) vivir

    (for) as long as I live — mientras viva, toda la vida

    you'll live — (colloq) no te vas a morir (fam)

    you live and learn — (set phrase) todos los días se aprende algo nuevo

    live and let live — (set phrase) vive y deja vivir a los demás

    b) ( experience life) vivir

    never eaten paella? you haven't lived! — ¿no has comido nunca una paella? pues no sabes lo que te pierdes or lo que es bueno!

    2)
    a) ( conduct one's life) vivir

    to live like a king o lord — vivir a cuerpo de rey

    b) ( support oneself) vivir
    3)
    a) ( reside) vivir

    where do you live? — ¿donde vives?

    b) ( belong) (esp BrE colloq) ir*

    where do these dishes live? — ¿dónde van estos platos?


    2.
    vt

    she lives a happy life — lleva una vida feliz, vive feliz

    Phrasal Verbs:

    II laɪv
    1) ( alive) vivo

    wow, a real live princess! — uy, una princesa de verdad or de carne y hueso!

    2) ( of current interest) < issue> candente, de actualidad
    3) (Rad, TV)
    4)
    a) ( Mil)

    live bomb — bomba f que no ha estallado

    b) ( Elec) <circuit/terminal> con corriente, cargado
    c) ( on fire) encendido

    III laɪv
    adverb (Rad, TV) < broadcast> en directo, en vivo

    I [lɪv]
    1. VI
    1) (=exist) vivir

    the times we live in — los tiempos en que vivimos, los tiempos que corremos

    • to live in fear — vivir atemorizado

    she lives in fear of her life/that she may be found out — vive temiendo por su vida/que la descubran

    • to live for sth, I'm living for the day (when) I retire — vivo esperando a que llegue el día en que me jubile

    to live for today or the moment — vivir al día

    - live and let live
    hand 1., 1), happily, hope 1., 1), long I, 2., 1) shadow 1., 1), style 1., 4)
    2) (=survive)

    you'll live! hum — ¡de esta no te mueres! hum

    he lived to a ripe old age/to be 103 — llegó a viejo/a cumplir 103 años

    regret 2., 2)
    3) (=conduct o.s.) vivir

    • she lives by her own rules — vive según sus propias normas

    • to live modestly/ well — vivir modestamente/bien

    - live like a king or a lord
    dangerously, sin 1.
    4) (=earn one's living) vivir
    pen I, 1., wit I, 1)
    5) (=reside) vivir

    where do you live? — ¿dónde vives?

    to live in a flat/in London — vivir en un piso/en Londres

    • this house isn't fit to live in — esta casa está en pésimas condiciones

    6) (Brit) * (=go, belong) ir, guardarse

    where does the teapot live? — ¿dónde va or se guarda la tetera?

    7) (=enjoy life)

    let's live a little! * — ¡vivamos la vida un poquito! *

    if you've never been to an opera, you haven't lived * — si no has ido nunca a la ópera no sabes lo qué es vivir

    2. VT
    1) [+ life] (gen) vivir; (in particular way) llevar

    to live a life of luxury/crime — llevar una vida de lujos/de delincuencia

    2) (Theat)

    II [laɪv]
    1. ADJ
    1) (=living) [animal, person] vivo

    9.1 deaths per thousand live births — 9,1 muertes por cada mil bebés nacidos vivos

    2) (=topical) [issue] de actualidad, candente
    3) (Rad, TV) [broadcast, coverage] en vivo, en directo; [performance, show, recording] en vivo
    4) (=not blank) [shell, ammunition] cargado; [bomb] sin explotar
    5) (=still burning) [coal] encendido, prendido (LAm)
    6) (Elec) [cable, wire, appliance] conectado, con corriente

    is this cable live? — ¿está conectado or tiene corriente este cable?

    2. ADV
    1) (Rad, TV) en vivo, en directo

    here, live from New York, is our reporter Malcolm McDonald — aquí tenemos a nuestro corresponsal Malcolm McDonald que nos habla en directo desde Nueva York

    2)

    to go live — (=come into operation) entrar en funcionamiento

    3.
    CPD

    live bait N — (Fishing) cebo m vivo

    live coal N — brasa f, ascua f

    live export N — [of livestock] exportación f en pie

    live oak N — roble m de Virginia

    live rail N — raíl m electrizado

    live weight N — [of livestock] peso m en pie

    live wire N — (Elec) alambre m conectado, alambre m con corriente; (fig) * torbellino * m

    he's a real live wire! — ¡es un torbellino! *, ¡tiene mucha marcha! *

    live yoghurt N — yogur m con biocultivos

    * * *

    I
    1. [lɪv]
    1)
    a) (be, remain alive) vivir

    (for) as long as I live — mientras viva, toda la vida

    you'll live — (colloq) no te vas a morir (fam)

    you live and learn — (set phrase) todos los días se aprende algo nuevo

    live and let live — (set phrase) vive y deja vivir a los demás

    b) ( experience life) vivir

    never eaten paella? you haven't lived! — ¿no has comido nunca una paella? pues no sabes lo que te pierdes or lo que es bueno!

    2)
    a) ( conduct one's life) vivir

    to live like a king o lord — vivir a cuerpo de rey

    b) ( support oneself) vivir
    3)
    a) ( reside) vivir

    where do you live? — ¿donde vives?

    b) ( belong) (esp BrE colloq) ir*

    where do these dishes live? — ¿dónde van estos platos?


    2.
    vt

    she lives a happy life — lleva una vida feliz, vive feliz

    Phrasal Verbs:

    II [laɪv]
    1) ( alive) vivo

    wow, a real live princess! — uy, una princesa de verdad or de carne y hueso!

    2) ( of current interest) < issue> candente, de actualidad
    3) (Rad, TV)
    4)
    a) ( Mil)

    live bomb — bomba f que no ha estallado

    b) ( Elec) <circuit/terminal> con corriente, cargado
    c) ( on fire) encendido

    III [laɪv]
    adverb (Rad, TV) < broadcast> en directo, en vivo

    English-spanish dictionary > live

  • 9 abandonar

    v.
    1 to leave (place).
    María abandonó la habitación rápidamente Mary abandoned the room quickly.
    2 to leave (person).
    3 to give up (estudios).
    abandonó la carrera en el tercer año she dropped out of university in her third year, she gave up her studies in her third year
    4 to abandon, to desert, to forsake, to bail out on.
    Pedro abandonó a su familia Peter abandoned his family.
    Silvia abandonó sus sueños por Pedro Silvia abandoned her dreams for Peter.
    5 to quit, to cease trying, to desist, to give up.
    María abandonó Mary quit.
    6 to check out on.
    * * *
    1 (desamparar) to abandon, forsake
    2 (lugar) to leave, quit
    3 (actividad) to give up, withdraw from
    4 (traicionar) to desert
    5 (renunciar) to relinquish, renounce
    6 (descuidar) to neglect
    7 DEPORTE (retirarse) to withdraw from
    1 (descuidarse) to neglect oneself, let oneself go
    2 (entregarse) to give oneself up (a, to)
    3 (ceder) to give in
    * * *
    verb
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=dejar abandonado) [+ cónyuge, hijo] to abandon, desert; [+ animal, casa, posesiones] to abandon; [+ obligaciones] to neglect

    la abandonó por otra mujer — he abandoned o deserted her for another woman

    2) (=marcharse de) [+ lugar, organización] to leave
    3) (=renunciar a) [+ estudios, proyecto] to give up, abandon; [+ costumbre, cargo] to give up; [+ privilegio, título] to renounce, relinquish

    hemos abandonado la idea de montar un negocio — we have given up o abandoned the idea of starting a business

    si el tratamiento no da resultado lo abandonaremos — if the treatment doesn't work, we'll abandon it

    4) [buen humor, suerte] to desert
    2. VI
    1) (Atletismo) [antes de la prueba] to pull out, withdraw; [durante la prueba] to pull out, retire
    2) (Boxeo) to concede defeat, throw in the towel * o (EEUU) sponge
    3) (Ajedrez) to resign, concede
    4) (Inform) to quit
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (frml) < lugar> to leave
    b) <familia/bebé> to leave, abandon; <marido/amante> to leave; <coche/barco> to abandon
    2) fuerzas to desert
    3)
    a) <actividad/propósito/esperanza> to give up

    abandonó la lucha — he gave up the fight, he abandoned the struggle

    abandonar los estudios — to drop out of school/college

    b) (Dep) <carrera/partido> to retire, pull out
    2.
    abandonar vi (Dep)
    a) (antes de la carrera, competición) to withdraw, pull out
    b) (iniciada la carrera, competición) to retire, pull out; ( en ajedrez) to resign; (en boxeo, lucha) to concede defeat
    3.
    abandonarse v pron

    abandonarse a algo — a vicios/placeres to abandon oneself to something

    2) ( en el aspecto personal) to let oneself go
    * * *
    = abandon, abort, drop, eschew, give up, quit, relinquish, stop, leave + wandering in, forsake, sweep aside, desert, opt out of, scrap, pull back, ditch, surrender, bail out, bargain away, dump, maroon, flake out, leave by + the wayside, get away, desist, go + cold turkey, walk out on, walk out, jump + ship.
    Ex. The Library of Congress has now reconsidered the position, and abandoned what was known as its compatible headings policy.
    Ex. It is important to know what police or fire responses are triggered by alarms and how that reaction can be aborted and the alarm silenced.
    Ex. Unfruitful lines of enquiry are dropped and new and more promising search terms are introduced as the search progresses.
    Ex. However, most contributors to the debate about the future of SLIS have eschewed practicalities in favour of sweeping and dramatic generalizations.
    Ex. If support for quality cataloging is not going to be given, I think we should give it up entirely.
    Ex. If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.
    Ex. The Library will consider relinquishing them only when there is strong assurance that their transfer would not adversely affect the library community.
    Ex. Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.
    Ex. It is our professional duty to help the reader, leading him from author to author, book to book, with enough sure-footed confidence that he is guided up the literary mountain and not left wandering in the viewless foothills because of one's own incompetence.
    Ex. Indeed, she was delighted to forsake the urban reality of steel and glass, traffic and crime, aspirin and litter, for the sort of over-the-fence friendliness of the smaller city.
    Ex. The development of optical fibres for information transmission has exciting potential here, but there is a very large investment in the present systems which cannot be swept aside overnight.
    Ex. Recently, however, libraries have deserted the individual and have pandered too much to the needs of the general public.
    Ex. The author takes a critical look at the UK government's education policy with regard to schools' ' opting out' of local government control.
    Ex. There have even been rumours of plans to scrap most of the industrial side of its work and disperse key elements, such as the work on regional and industrial aid, to the provinces.
    Ex. To pull back now would make both her and him look bad.
    Ex. It is time that higher education institutions accepted the wisdom of collaboration and ditched, once and for all, the rhetoric of competition = Ya es hora de que las instituciones de enseñanza superior acepten la colaboración y rechacen, de una vez por todas, la competitividad.
    Ex. Instead the two ecclesiastical disputes which arose from Diocletian's decree to surrender scriptures must be seen as more disastrous to Christian unity than the destruction of libraries.
    Ex. In the article ' Bailing out' 9 of the 10 librarians interviewed admitted that they were trying to get out of librarianship partly due to unrealistic expectations learned in library school.
    Ex. Reduced support is a fact of life, and librarians cannot bargain away their budget pressures.
    Ex. The books may simply be laid before the librarian as they are found, ' dumped in his lap', as one writer puts it.
    Ex. A seemingly simple tale of schoolboys marooned on an island, the novel 'Lord of the Flies' is an enigmatic and provocative piece of literature.
    Ex. The actress flaked out again and the director is trying to line up a replacement.
    Ex. She seeks to recontextualize those events that history has estranged, destroyed or capriciously left by the wayside.
    Ex. Guards in the lead car of the convoy threw their doors open and ran for cover, screaming, 'Get away, get away'.
    Ex. One of them sputtered and gesticulated with sufficient violence to induce us to desist.
    Ex. Judging by the critical responses to the article so far, it looks like the world isn't quite ready to go cold turkey on its religion addiction.
    Ex. There are many thankless jobs in this world, but does that mean you can just walk out on them for your own selfish reasons?.
    Ex. At least five members of the audience walked out during the bishop's address.
    Ex. A new study suggests that up to 40% of currently employed individuals are ready to jump ship once the economy rebounds.
    ----
    * abandonar el barco = abandon + ship.
    * abandonar las armas = put down + weapons.
    * abandonar los estudios = drop out (from school), drop out of + school.
    * abandonar los servicios de Alguien = drop out.
    * abandonarse = go to + seed.
    * abandonarse a = abandon + Reflexivo + to.
    * abandonar toda esperanza = give up + hope.
    * abandonar (toda/la) esperanza = abandon + (all) hope.
    * abandonar un hábito = stop + habit.
    * abandonar un lugar = quit + Lugar.
    * estudiante de bachiller que abandona los estudios = high-school dropout.
    * estudiante universitario que abandona los estudios = college dropout.
    * no abandonar = stick with, stand by.
    * persona que abandona Algo = quitter.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (frml) < lugar> to leave
    b) <familia/bebé> to leave, abandon; <marido/amante> to leave; <coche/barco> to abandon
    2) fuerzas to desert
    3)
    a) <actividad/propósito/esperanza> to give up

    abandonó la lucha — he gave up the fight, he abandoned the struggle

    abandonar los estudios — to drop out of school/college

    b) (Dep) <carrera/partido> to retire, pull out
    2.
    abandonar vi (Dep)
    a) (antes de la carrera, competición) to withdraw, pull out
    b) (iniciada la carrera, competición) to retire, pull out; ( en ajedrez) to resign; (en boxeo, lucha) to concede defeat
    3.
    abandonarse v pron

    abandonarse a algo — a vicios/placeres to abandon oneself to something

    2) ( en el aspecto personal) to let oneself go
    * * *
    = abandon, abort, drop, eschew, give up, quit, relinquish, stop, leave + wandering in, forsake, sweep aside, desert, opt out of, scrap, pull back, ditch, surrender, bail out, bargain away, dump, maroon, flake out, leave by + the wayside, get away, desist, go + cold turkey, walk out on, walk out, jump + ship.

    Ex: The Library of Congress has now reconsidered the position, and abandoned what was known as its compatible headings policy.

    Ex: It is important to know what police or fire responses are triggered by alarms and how that reaction can be aborted and the alarm silenced.
    Ex: Unfruitful lines of enquiry are dropped and new and more promising search terms are introduced as the search progresses.
    Ex: However, most contributors to the debate about the future of SLIS have eschewed practicalities in favour of sweeping and dramatic generalizations.
    Ex: If support for quality cataloging is not going to be given, I think we should give it up entirely.
    Ex: If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.
    Ex: The Library will consider relinquishing them only when there is strong assurance that their transfer would not adversely affect the library community.
    Ex: Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.
    Ex: It is our professional duty to help the reader, leading him from author to author, book to book, with enough sure-footed confidence that he is guided up the literary mountain and not left wandering in the viewless foothills because of one's own incompetence.
    Ex: Indeed, she was delighted to forsake the urban reality of steel and glass, traffic and crime, aspirin and litter, for the sort of over-the-fence friendliness of the smaller city.
    Ex: The development of optical fibres for information transmission has exciting potential here, but there is a very large investment in the present systems which cannot be swept aside overnight.
    Ex: Recently, however, libraries have deserted the individual and have pandered too much to the needs of the general public.
    Ex: The author takes a critical look at the UK government's education policy with regard to schools' ' opting out' of local government control.
    Ex: There have even been rumours of plans to scrap most of the industrial side of its work and disperse key elements, such as the work on regional and industrial aid, to the provinces.
    Ex: To pull back now would make both her and him look bad.
    Ex: It is time that higher education institutions accepted the wisdom of collaboration and ditched, once and for all, the rhetoric of competition = Ya es hora de que las instituciones de enseñanza superior acepten la colaboración y rechacen, de una vez por todas, la competitividad.
    Ex: Instead the two ecclesiastical disputes which arose from Diocletian's decree to surrender scriptures must be seen as more disastrous to Christian unity than the destruction of libraries.
    Ex: In the article ' Bailing out' 9 of the 10 librarians interviewed admitted that they were trying to get out of librarianship partly due to unrealistic expectations learned in library school.
    Ex: Reduced support is a fact of life, and librarians cannot bargain away their budget pressures.
    Ex: The books may simply be laid before the librarian as they are found, ' dumped in his lap', as one writer puts it.
    Ex: A seemingly simple tale of schoolboys marooned on an island, the novel 'Lord of the Flies' is an enigmatic and provocative piece of literature.
    Ex: The actress flaked out again and the director is trying to line up a replacement.
    Ex: She seeks to recontextualize those events that history has estranged, destroyed or capriciously left by the wayside.
    Ex: Guards in the lead car of the convoy threw their doors open and ran for cover, screaming, 'Get away, get away'.
    Ex: One of them sputtered and gesticulated with sufficient violence to induce us to desist.
    Ex: Judging by the critical responses to the article so far, it looks like the world isn't quite ready to go cold turkey on its religion addiction.
    Ex: There are many thankless jobs in this world, but does that mean you can just walk out on them for your own selfish reasons?.
    Ex: At least five members of the audience walked out during the bishop's address.
    Ex: A new study suggests that up to 40% of currently employed individuals are ready to jump ship once the economy rebounds.
    * abandonar el barco = abandon + ship.
    * abandonar las armas = put down + weapons.
    * abandonar los estudios = drop out (from school), drop out of + school.
    * abandonar los servicios de Alguien = drop out.
    * abandonarse = go to + seed.
    * abandonarse a = abandon + Reflexivo + to.
    * abandonar toda esperanza = give up + hope.
    * abandonar (toda/la) esperanza = abandon + (all) hope.
    * abandonar un hábito = stop + habit.
    * abandonar un lugar = quit + Lugar.
    * estudiante de bachiller que abandona los estudios = high-school dropout.
    * estudiante universitario que abandona los estudios = college dropout.
    * no abandonar = stick with, stand by.
    * persona que abandona Algo = quitter.

    * * *
    abandonar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ( frml); ‹lugar› to leave
    el público abandonó el teatro the audience left the theater
    se le concedió un plazo de 48 horas para abandonar el país he was given 48 hours to leave the country
    miles de personas abandonan la capital durante el verano thousands of people leave the capital in the summer
    las tropas han comenzado a abandonar el área the troops have started to pull out of o leave the area
    abandonó la reunión en señal de protesta he walked out of the meeting in protest
    2 ‹persona›
    abandonó a su familia he abandoned o deserted his family
    lo abandonó por otro she left him for another man
    abandonó al bebé en la puerta del hospital she abandoned o left the baby at the entrance to the hospital
    abandonar a algn A algo to abandon sb TO sth
    decidió volver, abandonando al grupo a su suerte he decided to turn back, abandoning the group to its fate
    3 ‹coche/barco› to abandon
    B «fuerzas» to desert
    las fuerzas lo abandonaron y cayó al suelo his strength deserted him and he fell to the floor
    la suerte me ha abandonado my luck has run out o deserted me
    nunca lo abandona el buen humor he's always good-humored, his good humor never deserts him
    C ‹actividad/propósito› to give up
    abandonó los estudios she abandoned o gave up her studies
    ¿vas a abandonar el curso cuando te falta tan poco? you're not going to drop out of o give up the course at this late stage, are you?
    abandonó la lucha he gave up the fight, he abandoned the struggle
    ha abandonado toda pretensión de salir elegido he has given up o abandoned any hopes he had of being elected
    abandonó la terapia he gave up his therapy, he stopped having therapy
    ■ abandonar
    vi
    ( Dep)
    1 (antes de iniciarse la carrera, competición) to withdraw, pull out
    2 (una vez iniciada la carrera, competición) to retire, pull out; (en ajedrez) to resign; (en boxeo, lucha) to concede defeat, throw in the towel
    A
    (descuidarse): desde que tuvo hijos se ha abandonado since she had her children she's let herself go
    no te abandones y ve al médico don't neglect your health, go and see the doctor
    B (entregarse) abandonarse A algo ‹a vicios/placeres› to abandon oneself TO sth
    se abandonó al ocio she gave herself up to o abandoned herself to a life of leisure
    se abandonó al sueño he gave in to o succumbed to sleep, he let sleep overcome him, he surrendered to sleep
    * * *

     

    abandonar ( conjugate abandonar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (frml) ‹ lugar› to leave

    b) ‹familia/bebé› to leave, abandon;

    ‹marido/amante› to leave;
    ‹coche/barco› to abandon;

    2 [ fuerzas] to desert
    3
    a) ‹actividad/propósito/esperanza› to give up;

    ◊ abandonar los estudios to drop out of school/college

    b) (Dep) ‹carrera/partido› to retire from, pull out of

    verbo intransitivo (Dep)
    a) (en carrera, competición) to pull out


    (en boxeo, lucha) to concede defeat
    abandonarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( entregarse) abandonarse a algo ‹a vicios/placeres› to abandon oneself to sth
    2 ( en el aspecto personal) to let oneself go
    abandonar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (irse de) to leave, quit: tenemos que vernos hoy, porque mañana abandono Madrid, we've got to see eachother today because I'm leaving Madrid tomorrow
    2 (a una persona, a un animal) to abandon
    abandonar a alguien a su suerte, to leave someone to his fate
    3 (un proyecto, los estudios) to give up
    4 Dep (retirarse de una carrera) to drop out of
    (un deporte) to drop
    II vi (desfallecer) to give up: los resultados no son los esperados, pero no abandones, the results aren't as good as we expected, but don't give up
    ' abandonar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    dejar
    - botar
    - plantar
    English:
    abandon
    - back away
    - cast aside
    - caution
    - desert
    - drop
    - forsake
    - free
    - give up on
    - habit
    - idea
    - jettison
    - leave
    - quit
    - retire
    - scrap
    - stand by
    - throw in
    - walk out
    - ditch
    - give
    - maroon
    - stick
    - vacate
    - walk
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [lugar] to leave;
    [barco, vehículo] to abandon;
    abandonó la sala tras el discurso she left the hall after the speech;
    abandonó su pueblo para trabajar en la ciudad she left her home town for a job in the city;
    abandonar el barco to abandon ship;
    ¡abandonen el barco! abandon ship!;
    abandonar algo a su suerte o [m5] destino to abandon sth to its fate;
    los cascos azules abandonarán pronto la región the UN peacekeeping troops will soon be pulling out of the region
    2. [persona] to leave;
    [hijo, animal] to abandon;
    abandonó a su hijo she abandoned her son;
    abandonar a alguien a su suerte o [m5] destino to abandon sb to their fate;
    ¡nunca te abandonaré! I'll never leave you!
    3. [estudios] to give up;
    [proyecto] to abandon;
    abandonó la carrera en el tercer año she dropped out of university in her third year, she gave up her studies in her third year;
    han amenazado con abandonar las negociaciones they have threatened to walk out of the negotiations;
    han amenazado con abandonar la liga they have threatened to pull out of the league;
    abandonar la lucha to give up the fight
    4. [sujeto: suerte, buen humor] to desert;
    lo abandonaron las fuerzas y tuvo que retirarse his strength gave out and he had to drop out;
    nunca la abandona su buen humor she never loses her good humour
    ♦ vi
    1. [en carrera, competición] to pull out, to withdraw;
    [en ajedrez] to resign; [en boxeo] to throw in the towel;
    abandonó en el primer asalto his corner threw in the towel in the first round;
    una avería lo obligó a abandonar en la segunda vuelta a mechanical fault forced him to retire on the second lap
    2. [rendirse] to give up;
    no abandones ahora que estás casi al final don't give up now you've almost reached the end
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 lugar leave; a alguien abandon; a esposa, hijos desert; objeto abandon, dump
    2 idea give up, abandon; actividad give up, drop
    II v/i DEP pull out
    * * *
    1) dejar: to abandon, to leave
    2) : to give up, to quit
    abandonaron la búsqueda: they gave up the search
    * * *
    1. (una persona) to abandon / to leave [pt. & pp. left]
    2. (un sitio) to leave
    3. (una actividad) to give up [pt. gave; pp. given]
    4. (una competición) to withdraw [pt. withdraw; pp. withdrawn]

    Spanish-English dictionary > abandonar

  • 10 इन्द्रः _indrḥ

    इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.]
    1 The lord of gods.
    -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11.
    -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः.
    -4 A prince, king.
    -5 The pupil of the right eye.
    -6 N. of the plant कुटज.
    -7 Night.
    -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष.
    -9 N. of the 26th Yoga.
    -1 The human or animal soul.
    -11 A vegetable poison.
    -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra.
    -13 Greatness.
    -14 The five objects of senses.
    -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī.
    -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namu- chi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achieve- ments (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his ser- vants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, pros- perous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses.
    *****Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regard- ed as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is com- monly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage im- pressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, gran- dson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Pulo- man, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.].
    -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion.
    -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4.
    -अरिः an Asura or demon.
    -अवसानः a desert.
    -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed).
    -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष).
    -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127.
    (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse).
    -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes.
    -3 a diamond. (
    -धा) a kind of leech.
    -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra.
    -2 a throne in general.
    -3 a foot of five short syllables.
    -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods.
    -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga.
    -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra.
    - ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6.
    -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds).
    -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68).
    -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर.
    -2 a rock.
    (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra.
    -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3.
    -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata.
    -कूटः N. of a mountain
    -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (
    -ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water.
    -केतुः Indra's banner.
    -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3.
    -2 a platform.
    -3 a projection of the roof of a house.
    -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24.
    -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain.
    -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति.
    -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1.
    -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood.
    -चापम्, -धनुस् n.
    1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4.
    -2 the bow of Indra
    -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.)
    -च्छदः A neck- lace of pearls having 18 strings.
    -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings.
    -जः N. of Vālī.
    -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित).
    -जननम् Indra's birth.
    -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work).
    -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7.
    -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव]
    1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8.
    -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war.
    -3 deception, cheating.
    -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15.
    -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (
    -कः) a juggler, conjurer.
    -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is repre- sented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa.
    -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra.
    -तापनः the thundering of clouds.
    -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton.
    -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura.
    -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru.
    -द्युति Sandal
    -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Termi- nalia Arjuna (अर्जुन).
    -2 The plant कुटज.
    -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India).
    -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6.
    -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra.
    -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22.
    -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी.
    -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra.
    -2 the number one thousand.
    -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79.
    -नीलकः an emerald.
    -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची.
    -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी).
    -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain.
    -2 a blue mountain.
    -पुत्रा N. of अदिति.
    -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head.
    -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (
    -ता) the asterism Puṣya.
    -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv.
    -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63.
    -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt.
    -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī.
    -भेषजम् dried ginger.
    -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra.
    -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra.
    -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog.
    -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4.
    -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8.
    -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I.
    -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree.
    -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive bald- ness of the head.
    -2 loss of beard.
    -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise.
    -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra.
    -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host).
    -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix.
    -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी.
    -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg).
    -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6.
    -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11.
    -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6.
    -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga- vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33.
    -वाह् a. carrying Indra.
    -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree.
    -वृद्धा a kind of abscess.
    -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone.
    -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distri- butes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34.
    -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified.
    -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35.
    -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥
    -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप).
    -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br.
    -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9.
    -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali.
    -2 an epi- thet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2.
    -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu.
    -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys.
    -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree.
    -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी).
    -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23.
    -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host.
    -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2.
    -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -स्तुत् m.
    -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies.
    -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra.
    -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1.
    -हस्तः a kind of medicament.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > इन्द्रः _indrḥ

  • 11 विश्व _viśva

    विश्व pron. a. [विश्-व Uṇ.1.151]
    1 All, whole, entire, universal; स सर्वनामा स च विश्वरूपः Bhāg.6.4.28.
    -2 Every, every one.
    -3 All-pervading, omnipresent. -m. pl. N. of a particular group of deities, ten in number and supposed to be sons of विश्वा; their names are:- वसुः सत्यः क्रतुर्दक्षः कालः कामो धृतिः कुरुः । पुरूरवा माद्रवश्च विश्वेदेवाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥ देवाः साध्यास्तथा विश्वे तथैव च महर्षयः Mb. 3.261.6; Bg.11.22.
    -श्वम् 1 The universe, the (whole) world; इदं विश्वं पाल्यम् U.3.3; विश्वस्मिन्नधुनान्यः कुलव्रतं पाल- यिष्यति कः Bv.1.13.
    -2 Dry ginger.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -श्वः 1 The soul; Bhāg.7.15.54; A. Rām.7.5.49. 5; the intellectual faculty.
    -2 A citizen (नागर).
    -श्वा 1 The earth.
    -2 Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -3 Dry ginger.
    -4 The plant अतिविषा.
    -Comp. -आत्मन् m.
    1 the Supreme Being (soul of the universe).
    -2 an epithet of Brahman.
    -3 of Śiva; अथ विश्वात्मने गौरी संदिदेश मिथः सखीम् Ku.6.1.
    -4 of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of the sun.
    -आत्मना ind. thoroughly; विश्वात्मना यत्र निवर्तते भीः Bhāg.11.2.33.
    -आधारः support of the universe; विश्वाधारं गगनसदृशं मेघवर्णं शुभाङ्गम् Viṣṇustotra.
    -इन्वः (विश्वमिन्वः) All-moving (an epithet of Śiva).
    -ईशः, -ईश्वरः (also विश्वमीश्वरः as one word used in the Mbh. and Kūrmapurāṇa ch.26.)
    1 the Supreme Being, lord of the universe.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -औषधम् dry ginger.
    -कद्रु a. wicked, low, vile.
    (-द्रुः) 1 a hound, dog trained for the chase.
    -2 sound.
    -कर्मन् m.
    1 N. of the architect of gods; cf. त्वष्टृ.
    -2 an epithet of the sun.
    -3 one of the seven principal rays of the sun.
    -4 a great saint.
    -5 the Supreme Being. ˚जा, ˚सुता an epithet of संज्ञा, one of the wives of the sun.
    -कारुः the architect of the universe (विश्वकर्मा).
    -कार्यः one of the rays of the sun.
    -कृत् m.
    1 the creator of all beings; निवेदितो$थाङ्गिरसा सोमं निर्भर्त्स्य विश्व- कृत् Bhāg.9.14.8.
    -2 an epithet of Viśvakarman.
    -केतुः an epithet of Aniruddha.
    -गः N. of Brahman.
    -गत a. Omnipresent.
    -गन्धः an onion. (
    -न्धम्) myrrh.
    -गन्धा the earth.
    -गोचर a. accessible to all men.
    -गोप्तृ m.
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 Indra.
    -ग्रन्थिः the plant called हंसपदी.
    -चक्रम् a kind of valuable gift (महादान) of pure gold.
    -चर्षणि a. Ved. all-pervading, world- wide, extending everywhere.
    -जनम् mankind.
    -जनीन, -जन्य, -जनीय a. good for all men, suitable to all mankind, beneficial to all men; विश्वजन्यमिमं पुण्यमुपन्यासं निबोधत Ms.9.31; Śi.1.41; को वा विश्वजनीनेषु कर्मसु प्राघटि- ष्यत Bk.21.17.
    -जित् m.
    1 N. of a particular sacri- fice; Ms.11.74; तमध्वरे विश्वजिति क्षितीशं निःशेषविश्राणितकोश- जातम् R.5.1.
    -2 the noose of Varuṇa.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which an action for which no fruit is enjoined directly should be consider- ed as having स्वर्ग as its फल. This is established in connection with the विश्वजित् sacrifice by Jaimini and Śabara in MS.4.3.15-16.
    -जीवः the universal soul.
    -देव see under विश्व m. above.
    -दैवम्, -दैवतम् the asterism उत्तराषाढा.
    -धारिणी the earth.
    -धारिन् m. a deity.
    -धेना Ved. the earth.
    -नाथः lord of the univer- se, an epithet of Śiva.
    -पा m.
    1 the protector of all.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 the moon.
    -4 fire.
    -पावनी, -पूजिता holy basil.
    -प्सन् m.
    1 a god.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 the moon.
    -4 an epithet of Agni.
    -5 N. of Viśvakarman. बीजम् the seed of everything.
    -बोधः a Buddha.
    -भावनः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -भुज a. all-enjoying, all-eating; (-m.) an epithet of Indra.
    -भेषजम् dry ginger. (
    -जः) a universal remedy.
    -भोजस् a. all-pervading; Ṛv.
    -मूर्ति a. existing in all forms, all-pervading, omnipresent; कल्याणानां त्वमसि महसां भाजनं विश्वमूर्ते Māl.1.3;
    (-र्तिः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -योनिः 1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -राज् m.,
    -राजः a universal sovereign.
    -रुची one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -रूप a. omnipresent, existing everywhere; तस्मिन् यशो निहितं विश्वरूपम् Bṛi. Up.2.2.2. (
    -पः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. (
    -पम्) agallochum.
    -रेतस् m.
    1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -वासः the recepta- cle of all things.
    -वाह् a. (
    -विश्वौही f.) all-sustaining.
    -विभावनम् creation of the universe.
    -वेदस् a.
    1 all- knowing, omniscient; स्वस्ति नः पूषा विश्ववेदाः Āśīrvāda- mantra.
    -2 a saint, sage.
    -व्यचस् f. N. of Aditi.
    -व्यापक, -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading.
    -संवननम् means of bewitching all.
    -संहारः general destruction.
    -सत्तम a. the best of all.
    -सहा 1 the earth.
    -2 one of the tongues of fire.
    -सारकम् the prickly pear.
    -सृज् m.
    1 an epithet of Brahman, the creator; उपहूता विश्वसृग्भि- र्हरिगाथोपगायने Bhāg.7.15.71-72; प्रायेण सामग्र्यविधौ गुणानां पराङ्मुखी विश्वसृजः प्रवृत्तिः Ku.3.28;1.49.
    -2 an epithet of मयासुर; नाना विभान्ति किल विश्वसृजोपक्लृप्ताः Bhāg.1.75.32.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > विश्व _viśva

  • 12 ♦ house

    ♦ house /haʊs, pl. haʊzɪz/
    A n.
    1 casa; abitazione; edificio; dimora; domicilio; casato; famiglia; dinastia; casa commerciale; azienda; ditta: The party is at our house, la festa è a casa nostra; a house for rent, una casa d'affitto; council house ► council; workers' houses, case operaie; at one's house, a casa propria; detached house, una villa (o villetta) unifamiliare; terraced houses, case a schiera; (comput.) software house, azienda che sviluppa software su commessa; software house; publishing house, casa editrice; (stor.) the House of Tudor, la Casa di Tudor; an ancient house, un antico casato; a haunted house, una casa infestata dai fantasmi NOTA D'USO: - home o house?-
    2 (fig.) (la gente di) casa: The whole house was astir, tutta la gente di casa era sveglia e in piedi
    3 (polit.) camera; assemblea legislativa: (in USA) the House of Representatives, la Camera dei Rappresentanti NOTE DI CULTURA: House of Representatives: è una delle due camere del Congresso statunitense (l'altra è il ► «Senate»). I Representatives ( deputati) sono 435 e hanno un mandato di due anni. Vengono eletti nei vari Stati in numero proporzionale alla popolazione. Sono anche chiamati Congressmen e Congresswomen; to enter the House, andare (o essere eletto) alla Camera
    4 locale; teatro; cinema; pubblico, spettatori (a teatr.): a full (o packed) house, un teatro pieno; un pienone (fam.); a thin house, pochi spettatori; una platea semivuota; (fig.) to bring the house down, far crollare il teatro per gli applausi; ( anche) far sbellicare il pubblico (dalle risate)
    5 (GB) rappresentazione (o spettacolo) teatrale (o cinematografico): the first [the second] house, il primo [il secondo] spettacolo
    6 (= house of God) casa di Dio; chiesa
    7 albergo; pensione; locanda; (= eating-house) ristorante, trattoria; (= public house) bar; «casa»; locale: It's on the house!, offre la casa!; (tur., cucina) house special, specialità della casa
    8 capannone; recinto; (naut.) casotto: carriage house, capannone per veicoli; hen house, pollaio
    9 casa dello studente; convitto; convittori
    10 (astrol.) casa
    11 – (polit., in GB) the House (= the House of Commons), i Comuni ( la Camera dei rappresentanti in GB)
    12 (fin.) (fam.) the House, la Borsa Valori di Londra; brokerage house, casa di brokeraggio; società d'intermediazione mobiliare
    14 (eufem.) casa di tolleranza; casino (fam.)
    B a. attr.
    1 della casa; casalingo
    2 per la casa; da casa: a house jacket, una giacca da casa
    3 ( al ristorante) della casa: house wine, vino della casa: DIALOGO → - Ordering food 1- The house wine isn't at all bad, il vino della casa non è per niente male
    4 ( d'animale) domestico: a house cat, un gatto domestico
    5 delle case; degli immobili: DIALOGO → - Asking where someone lives- I bought a little flat just before the house prices went up, ho comprato un appartamentino prima che i prezzi degli immobili salissero
    C inter.
    ● house agent, agente immobiliare; mediatore di case □ one's house and home (espress. enfatica per home), la propria casa; i propri lari (fig.); i propri penati (fig.) □ (leg.) house arrest, arresti domiciliari: to be under house arrest, essere agli arresti domiciliari □ (leg.) house brand, marchio commerciale □ house-broken = house-trained ► sotto □ house builder, imprenditore edile □ (relig.) house church, chiesa carismatica; gruppo carismatico □ house clearance, sgombero di mobili e oggetti vecchi □ ( nei circoli) house dinner, pranzo (o cena) sociale □ house dog, cane da guardia □ (naut.) house flag, bandiera della casa ( cioè, di una società mercantile) □ (fam.) house-hunting, ricerca della casa: to go house-hunting, cercare casa □ (teatr.) house lights, luci della (o di) sala □ (zool.) house martin ( Delichon urbica), balestruccio □ (zool.) house mouse ( Mus musculus), topo delle case □ a house of cards, un castello di carte ( anche fig.) □ (in GB) the House of Commons, la Camera dei Comuni □ (GB stor. o USA) house of correction, casa di correzione; correzionale □ (relig., luogo di culto) house of God, casa di Dio; casa del Signore □ (antiq.) house of ill fame (o repute), casa di malaffare; casa di tolleranza □ (in GB) the House of Lords, la Camera dei Pari; la Camera Alta □ (in GB) the Houses of Parliament, le Camere, il Parlamento NOTE DI CULTURA: Houses of Parliament: il parlamento inglese è formato dalla House of Commons ( Camera dei Comuni) e dalla House of Lords ( Camera dei Lord). La House of Commons è composta da 646 deputati ( Members of Parliament o MPs) eletti a suffragio universale con sistema maggioritario di norma ogni cinque anni, ed è presieduta da uno Speaker. La House of Lords è costituita da membri non eletti che si dividono in Lords Spiritual ( vescovi della Chiesa anglicana) e Lords Temporal ( membri laici dell'aristocrazia) ed è presieduta dal Lord ( High) Chancellor. Fino al 1999 i Lord erano 1200; oggi sono circa 700 e la struttura e la funzione stessa della House of Lords sono in corso di ridefinizione □ house on wheels, casa mobile; ( anche) camper, roulotte □ house organ, giornale aziendale □ house painter, imbianchino □ house party, riunione di ospiti in una casa di campagna ( spesso per l'intero weekend) □ house phone, telefono interno □ house physician, medico interno ( in un ospedale) □ house plant, pianta da appartamento □ house-proud, amante della casa; che ci tiene ad avere una bella casa; fanatico della pulizia in casa □ (zool., Passer domesticus) house sparrow, passero domestico □ (med.) house surgeon, chirurgo interno ( d'ospedale) □ (fisc.) house tax, imposta sulla casa □ house-to-house, di casa in casa; (market.) porta a porta, a domicilio: house-to-house selling [service], vendita [servizio] a domicilio □ house-trained, ( d'animale domestico) abituato a vivere in casa; pulito; (fig.) addomesticato (fig.) □ house union, sindacato d'impresa □ house-warming ► housewarming □ to get on (o along) like a house on fire, fare amicizia in quattro e quattr'otto; andare subito d'accordo; avere un feeling immediato □ to keep house, badare alla (o occuparsi della) casa; governare la casa; accudire alla (o la) casa; to keep house for sb., fare da governante a q. □ to keep house together, dividere la casa (o l'appartamento; con q.) □ to keep a good house, trattarsi bene; non farsi mancare nulla; ( anche) governare bene la casa □ to keep open house, essere molto ospitale; ricevere spesso □ (lett.) to keep to the house, starsene in casa □ like a house on fire, energicamente, con vigore; ( anche) velocemente, come un fulmine; ( anche) a gonfie vele (fig.) □ (polit.) to make a house, assicurarsi il numero legale; raggiungere il quorum □ to move house, traslocare □ (fam.) to play house, ( di bambini) giocare alla famiglia; ( anche) andare a vivere (o mettersi) (con q.) □ to put one's house in order = to set one's house in order ► sotto □ (GB) (as) safe as houses, sicuro come una fortezza □ (fig.) to set one's house in order, sistemare i propri affari; metter le cose a posto □ (prov.) A house divided cannot stand, senza concordia non si tira avanti.
    (to) house /haʊz/
    v. t.
    1 dare una casa a; albergare; alloggiare; ospitare: We'll house him for the weekend, lo ospiteremo per il week-end
    2 collocare; conservare; riporre; sistemare: Some ancient manuscripts are housed here, alcuni manoscritti antichi sono conservati qui
    3 (mecc., ecc.) alloggiare; collocare; incassare
    4 (falegn.) incastrare
    5 (naut.) stivare ( merce); riporre ( l'ancora); alzare, drizzare ( un albero).

    English-Italian dictionary > ♦ house

  • 13 πῦρ,-ός

    + τό N 3 107-83-146-100-104=540 Gn 11,3; 15,17; 19,24; 22,6.7
    fire 4 Mc 15,15; id. (of a furnace) Gn 11,3; offering by fire 1 Sm 2,28; (destructive punishing) fire Am 1,4; fire (as punishment of the individual at the end of his life) 4 Mc 12,12; fire (ac-companying the Lord’s presence) Ex 3,2
    καὶ ἔσται ὁ οἶκος Ιακωβ πῦρ and the house of Jacob shall be (a) fire, and the house of Jacob shall act like fire Ob 18; ἰσόπεδον πυρὶ καὶ δόρατι θήσεσθαι to level with fire and sword 3 Mc 5,43, see also Est 8,12x
    *Nm 21,30 πῦρ ἐπί a fire against-על שׁא or-עד שׁא fire (spread) to for MT עד רשׁא which is in the neighbourhood of; *Jer 6,23 ὡς πῦρ as a fire-שׁכא for MT שׁכאי as a man (as a man of war, as a warrior), see also Jer 27(50),42; Mi 6,10; *Am 4,10 ἐν πυρί in fire-שֵׁא/בְּ for MT שׁאֹבְּ stench; *Ps 57(58),9 ἐπέπεσε πῦρ fire has fallen-שׁא נָָפל for MT תשׁא נֵֶפל miscarriage, aborted child of a woman
    Cf. DORIVAL 1994 410-411(Nm 21,30); LE BOULLUEC 1989 134.249; WALTERS 1973, 124-125;
    →NIDNTT; TWNT

    Lust (λαγνεία) > πῦρ,-ός

  • 14 צרף

    צָרַף(b. h.; cmp. צרב) (to press, shrink, 1) to smelt, melt; trnsf. to refine, purify, try. Y.Keth.VII, end, 31d; Tosef. ib. VII, 11 צוֹרֵף נחשת, v. infra. Yoma 72b (ref. to Ps. 18:31) זכה משמחתו … צוֹרַפְתּוֹ if he deserves well, she (the Torah) cheers him; if not, she smelts him (through trials); צורפתו לחיים she steels him for life; צורפתו למיתה she smelts him for death. Yalk. Ex. 391 דרשתי … צָרַפְתִּי ובחנתיוכ׳ I studied and searched, refined and tested ; a. fr. 2) to tighten, harden. Yoma l. c., v. supra. Y.Yeb.XVI, 15d top שצְרָפַתּוֹ Var., v. צָפַד. 3) to change, v. infra. Pl. צֵרֵף 1) to smelt. Keth.VII, 10 (among the occupations to which a wife may object) מְצָרֵף נחושת, expl. ib. 77a חשלי דודי, v. חַשְׁלָא; anoth. opin. מחתך נחושתוכ׳, v. חָתַךְ; Tosef. ib. l. c. זה מתיךוכ׳ he that casts bronze.Trnsf. to refine. Gen. R. s. 44 (ref. to צרופה, Ps. 18:31) לא נתנו המצות אלא לצָרֵףוכ׳ the (ceremonial) laws have been given for the purpose of refining (disciplining) men through them. Ib. שצֵרְפוֹהקב״הוכ׳ (Abraham) whom the Lord tried in the furnace of fire. Ib. (ref. to צֹרֵף, Is. 41:7) זה אברהם שצרפווכ׳ that means Abraham, whom the Lord tried ; (Yalk. Is. 313 שנִצְרַף, Nif.). 2) to tighten, harden. Makhsh. V, 7 המוליך … לצָרְפָהּ if one takes a ship out to sea for the sake of tightening it; מוציא מסמר … לצָרְפוֹ if one takes a (glowing) nail in the rain for the sake of hardening it; Tosef. ib. II, 16 בשביל לצוֹרְפוֹ. Tosef.Kel.B. Kam.III, 13 צֵרְפָןאפי׳וכ׳ (or צְרָפָן) if he hardened (baked) them (the earthen vessels) even in a peat fire. Bets.32a משיְצָרְפוֹ בכבשן (Ms. M. משישרפו) from the time be baked it in the kiln. B. Mets.84a (of iron weapons) משיְצָרְפֵם בכבשן when he has hardened them in the furnace, v. צִחְצֵחַ; a. e. 3) (to melt together, weld,) to combine, join. Maasr. II, 5 ואם צֵרַף (Y. ed. צירף) if he combined (ate them together). Y.Pes.III, 30a top שני … אין הבית מְצָרף if two pieces (of leavened matter), each half the size of an olive, are in the same room, the room does not join them (so as to be counted one olive-size); if in one vessel, הכלי מצרף the vessel joins them. Kidd.40a, a. e. מְצָרְפָהּ למעשה, v. מַחֲשָׁבָה; a. fr. 4) to change small for large coin, opp. פָּרַט. Maas. Sh. IV, 2 כמות … שהיא מצרף as the banker counts when he gives small change for large coins, not as he counts when giving large coins for small change; Tosef. ib. III, 3 המְצָרֵיף … שמצריף ed. Zuck. (Var. המצרף … מצטרף) if one buys a gold Denar for coins designated for second tithes, he must count as the banker would when selling small change, not as he would, when buying large change. Shek. II, 1 מְצָרְפִין, v. דַּרְכּוֹן. Y.B. Mets.IV, end, 9d לצוֹרְפָהּ … מְצָרְפָהּ ביפה if he wants to change the defective coin to be spent in Jerusalem, he must exchange it as if it were of full value (v. Bab. ib. 52b); a. fr.Sifré Deut. 48 אחד מצרף דינר ואוכלו ואחד מצ׳ דינר ומניחו one gathers a gold Denar and spends it, and another changes his accumulation for a gold Denar and puts it away; Yalk. ib. 873, v. סָגַל. Nif. נִצְרַף 1) to be smelted, tried. Yalk. Is. 313, v. supra. Midr. Till. to Ps. 119:81 כבר נִצְרַפְנוּ we have already been tried. 2) to be hardened. Kel. IV, 4 משיִצָרְפוּ בכבשן when they have been baked in the kiln; Tosef. ib. B. Kam.III, 13 משיִצְטָרְפוּ. Hithpa. הִצְטָרֵף 1) same, v. supra. 2) to be joined, combined, counted in. Naz.35b, a. e. אין היתר מִצְטָרֵף לאיסור a permitted thing is not to be joined to a forbidden thing, i. e. if one ate simultaneously, one half of the legal size each, of a permitted and of a forbidden thing, the two must not be counted together to make up the legal size. Ib. 4a מִצְטָרְפִים זה עם זה they are counted together. Ib. VI, 1. Ber.47b תשעה ועבד מִצְטָרְפִין nine freemen and one slave may be combined (to make up the requisite number of ten for prayers). Ib. שנים ושבת מצט׳ two persons (at meal) and the Sabbath may be combined (count for three persons); מצט׳ … שנית״ח two scholars (at meal) who are engaged in discussion are counted as three. Mikv. III, 4 מצט׳ are combined to make up the legally required quantity of water; a. fr.Tosef.Maas. Sh. III, 3, v. supra.

    Jewish literature > צרף

  • 15 צָרַף

    צָרַף(b. h.; cmp. צרב) (to press, shrink, 1) to smelt, melt; trnsf. to refine, purify, try. Y.Keth.VII, end, 31d; Tosef. ib. VII, 11 צוֹרֵף נחשת, v. infra. Yoma 72b (ref. to Ps. 18:31) זכה משמחתו … צוֹרַפְתּוֹ if he deserves well, she (the Torah) cheers him; if not, she smelts him (through trials); צורפתו לחיים she steels him for life; צורפתו למיתה she smelts him for death. Yalk. Ex. 391 דרשתי … צָרַפְתִּי ובחנתיוכ׳ I studied and searched, refined and tested ; a. fr. 2) to tighten, harden. Yoma l. c., v. supra. Y.Yeb.XVI, 15d top שצְרָפַתּוֹ Var., v. צָפַד. 3) to change, v. infra. Pl. צֵרֵף 1) to smelt. Keth.VII, 10 (among the occupations to which a wife may object) מְצָרֵף נחושת, expl. ib. 77a חשלי דודי, v. חַשְׁלָא; anoth. opin. מחתך נחושתוכ׳, v. חָתַךְ; Tosef. ib. l. c. זה מתיךוכ׳ he that casts bronze.Trnsf. to refine. Gen. R. s. 44 (ref. to צרופה, Ps. 18:31) לא נתנו המצות אלא לצָרֵףוכ׳ the (ceremonial) laws have been given for the purpose of refining (disciplining) men through them. Ib. שצֵרְפוֹהקב״הוכ׳ (Abraham) whom the Lord tried in the furnace of fire. Ib. (ref. to צֹרֵף, Is. 41:7) זה אברהם שצרפווכ׳ that means Abraham, whom the Lord tried ; (Yalk. Is. 313 שנִצְרַף, Nif.). 2) to tighten, harden. Makhsh. V, 7 המוליך … לצָרְפָהּ if one takes a ship out to sea for the sake of tightening it; מוציא מסמר … לצָרְפוֹ if one takes a (glowing) nail in the rain for the sake of hardening it; Tosef. ib. II, 16 בשביל לצוֹרְפוֹ. Tosef.Kel.B. Kam.III, 13 צֵרְפָןאפי׳וכ׳ (or צְרָפָן) if he hardened (baked) them (the earthen vessels) even in a peat fire. Bets.32a משיְצָרְפוֹ בכבשן (Ms. M. משישרפו) from the time be baked it in the kiln. B. Mets.84a (of iron weapons) משיְצָרְפֵם בכבשן when he has hardened them in the furnace, v. צִחְצֵחַ; a. e. 3) (to melt together, weld,) to combine, join. Maasr. II, 5 ואם צֵרַף (Y. ed. צירף) if he combined (ate them together). Y.Pes.III, 30a top שני … אין הבית מְצָרף if two pieces (of leavened matter), each half the size of an olive, are in the same room, the room does not join them (so as to be counted one olive-size); if in one vessel, הכלי מצרף the vessel joins them. Kidd.40a, a. e. מְצָרְפָהּ למעשה, v. מַחֲשָׁבָה; a. fr. 4) to change small for large coin, opp. פָּרַט. Maas. Sh. IV, 2 כמות … שהיא מצרף as the banker counts when he gives small change for large coins, not as he counts when giving large coins for small change; Tosef. ib. III, 3 המְצָרֵיף … שמצריף ed. Zuck. (Var. המצרף … מצטרף) if one buys a gold Denar for coins designated for second tithes, he must count as the banker would when selling small change, not as he would, when buying large change. Shek. II, 1 מְצָרְפִין, v. דַּרְכּוֹן. Y.B. Mets.IV, end, 9d לצוֹרְפָהּ … מְצָרְפָהּ ביפה if he wants to change the defective coin to be spent in Jerusalem, he must exchange it as if it were of full value (v. Bab. ib. 52b); a. fr.Sifré Deut. 48 אחד מצרף דינר ואוכלו ואחד מצ׳ דינר ומניחו one gathers a gold Denar and spends it, and another changes his accumulation for a gold Denar and puts it away; Yalk. ib. 873, v. סָגַל. Nif. נִצְרַף 1) to be smelted, tried. Yalk. Is. 313, v. supra. Midr. Till. to Ps. 119:81 כבר נִצְרַפְנוּ we have already been tried. 2) to be hardened. Kel. IV, 4 משיִצָרְפוּ בכבשן when they have been baked in the kiln; Tosef. ib. B. Kam.III, 13 משיִצְטָרְפוּ. Hithpa. הִצְטָרֵף 1) same, v. supra. 2) to be joined, combined, counted in. Naz.35b, a. e. אין היתר מִצְטָרֵף לאיסור a permitted thing is not to be joined to a forbidden thing, i. e. if one ate simultaneously, one half of the legal size each, of a permitted and of a forbidden thing, the two must not be counted together to make up the legal size. Ib. 4a מִצְטָרְפִים זה עם זה they are counted together. Ib. VI, 1. Ber.47b תשעה ועבד מִצְטָרְפִין nine freemen and one slave may be combined (to make up the requisite number of ten for prayers). Ib. שנים ושבת מצט׳ two persons (at meal) and the Sabbath may be combined (count for three persons); מצט׳ … שנית״ח two scholars (at meal) who are engaged in discussion are counted as three. Mikv. III, 4 מצט׳ are combined to make up the legally required quantity of water; a. fr.Tosef.Maas. Sh. III, 3, v. supra.

    Jewish literature > צָרַף

  • 16 herre

    sg - hérren, pl - hérrer
    1) господи́н м; в обращении

    Hr. Hánsen! — господи́н Ха́нсен!

    2) хозя́ин м; мужчи́на м

    for hérrer — для мужчи́н

    * * *
    lord, master
    * * *
    (en -er)
    ( mand) gentleman;
    ( leder, hersker) master ( fx be master of the situation; be master in one's own house); lord;
    ( ejer) master;
    ( dames kavaler) partner;
    ( Gud) Lord;
    (se også hus);
    [hr.]
    ( foran navn) Mr,
    ( på breve bruges også (meget F) Esq., som efterstilles, fx J. Wilson, Esq. = Mr J. Wilson; Mr og Esq. udelades ved akademiske
    og militære titler, fx hr. oberst N Colonel N);
    [ herrer Jones & Co] Messrs Jones & Co;
    [ dette Herrens år] this year of grace;
    [ i det Herrens år] in the year of grace (el. of Our Lord);
    [ i mange Herrens år] for ages;
    T be left high and dry;
    [ han så herrens ud] he looked like nothing on earth;
    [ som herren er, så følger hans svende] like master like man;
    [ med pron og adj:]
    ( forkortet: d'hrr.) ( i tiltale) you (gentlemen) ( fx will you step this way, gentlemen);
    ( foran navn) Messrs;
    [ være sin egen herre] be one's own master, be a free agent;
    T the powers that be, the top brass, the bigwigs;
    [ min herre] sir;
    [ mine herrer] gentlemen;
    [ nådige herre] my Lord;
    (fx sønnen) the young master;
    [ Vor Herre] the Lord, God,
    ( om Jesus) our Lord;
    [ med vb:]
    ( få kontrol over) become (, make oneself) master (, mistress) of ( fx
    the city, the situation), get control of ( fx a country, the
    situation, a horse), get ( fx the fire, the situation) under
    control, master ( fx one's feelings, one's temper),
    ( overvinde) overcome, master ( fx one's fear);
    [ Herren må vide hvordan] Heaven only knows how;
    [ Herren være med dig] the Lord be with you;
    [ være herre over] control ( fx one's emotions; women want the freedom to control their own bodies), be master (, mistress) of ( fx one's emotions);
    (dvs være ved sin fornuft) be responsible for one's actions.

    Danish-English dictionary > herre

  • 17 देव _dēva

    देव a. (
    -वी f.) [दिव्-अच्]
    1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117.
    -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1.
    -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured.
    -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12.
    -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud.
    -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव.
    -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22.
    -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c.
    -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c.
    -7 Quicksilver.
    -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112.
    -9 A fool
    -1 A child.
    -11 A man following any particular business.
    -12 A lover.
    -13 Emulation.
    -14 Sport, play.
    -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर).
    -16 A lancer.
    -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.].
    -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god.
    -अगारः, -रम् a temple.
    -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras.
    -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god.
    -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv.
    -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 the supreme god.
    -अनीकम् an army of celestials.
    -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52.
    -अन्धस् n.,
    अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia.
    -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon.
    -अभीष्ट a.
    1 liked by or dear to gods.
    -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (
    -ष्टा) piper betel.
    -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana gar- den; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8.
    -अरिः a demon.
    -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods.
    -2 idolatry.
    -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god.
    -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.).
    -आवसथः a temple.
    -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra.
    -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden.
    -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol.
    -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 consecrated, holy, sacred.
    -2 of a divine nature. (-m.)
    1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3.
    -2 the holy fig-tree.
    -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P.
    -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon.
    -2 rainbow.
    -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god.
    -आलयः 1 heaven.
    -2 a temple.
    -आवासः 1 heaven.
    -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ).
    -3 a temple.
    -4 the Sumeru mountain.
    -आहारः nectar, ambrosia.
    -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods.
    -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods.
    -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (
    -ष्टः) bdellium. (
    -ष्टा) the wild lime tree.
    -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (
    -शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra.
    -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden.
    -2 The Nandana garden.
    -3 a garden near a temple.
    -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः)
    1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra.
    -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26.
    -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru.
    -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका.
    -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste.
    -कर्मन् n.,
    -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13.
    -2 the worship of gods.
    -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree.
    -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥
    -कुटम् a temple.
    -कुण़्डम् a natural spring.
    -कुलम् 1 a temple.
    -2 a race of gods.
    -3 a group of gods.
    -कुल्या the celestial Ganges.
    -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14.
    -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among moun- tains.
    -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23.
    -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm.
    -गणः a class of gods.
    -गणिका an apsaras; q. v.
    -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4.
    -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (
    -र्वम्) a particular mode of singing.
    -गर्जनम् thunder.
    -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23.
    -गायनः a celestial choris- ter, a Gandharva.
    -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥
    -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44.
    -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad).
    -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī.
    -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods).
    -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods).
    -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it.
    -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods.
    -2 death.
    -गृहम् 1 a temple.
    -2 the place of a king.
    -3 a planetary sphere.
    -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness.
    -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्.
    -चर्या the worship or service of gods.
    -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods.
    -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32.
    -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2.
    -जातम् a class of gods.
    -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1.
    -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree.
    -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak.
    -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार).
    -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony.
    -ताडः 1 fire.
    -2 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -तातः 1 a sacrifice.
    -2 N. of Kaśyapa.
    -तातिः 1 a god.
    -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1.
    -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods.
    -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods.
    -दत्त a.
    1 god-given, grant- ed by the gods.
    -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.).
    (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15.
    -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c.
    -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha.
    -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (
    -नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1.
    -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36.
    -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple.
    (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple.
    -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple).
    -3 the wild citron tree.
    -दीपः the eye.
    -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām.
    -2 the holy basil with red flowers.
    -3 an epi- thet of Indra.
    -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel.
    -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1.
    -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52.
    -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15.
    -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55.
    -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189.
    -द्रोणी a procession with idols.
    -धर्मः a religious duty or office.
    -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23.
    -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात).
    -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7.
    -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्).
    -नदी 1 the Ganges.
    -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17.
    -नन्दिन् m. N. of the door- keeper of Indra.
    -2 N. of a grammarian.
    -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written.
    -नाथः Śiva.
    -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25.
    -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36.
    -निन्दकः a blasphe- mer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist.
    -निन्दा heresy, athe- ism.
    -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice.
    -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural.
    -पतिः an epithet of Indra.
    -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्.
    -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb.
    -2 the milky way.
    -पशुः any animal con- secrated to a deity.
    -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni.
    -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra.
    -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods.
    -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति).
    -पुष्पम् cloves.
    -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati.
    -प्रतिकृतिः f.,
    -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity.
    -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, for- tune-telling.
    -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2.
    -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning-
    1 a goat.
    -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P.
    -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world).
    -बलिः an oblation to the gods.
    -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race.
    -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg.
    -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple.
    -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa.
    -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods.
    -भवनम् 1 the heaven.
    -2> a temple.
    -3 the holy fig-tree.
    -भागः the northern hemisphere.
    -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven.
    -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45.
    -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges.
    -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū.
    -भृत् m. an epithet of
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Indra.
    -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2.
    -भोज्यम् nectar.
    -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58.
    -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1.
    -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods.
    -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17.
    -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.
    -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg.
    -मार्गः the air or sky.
    -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy.
    -मुनिः a divine sage.
    -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4.
    -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17.
    -यजि a. making oblations to gods.
    -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacri- fices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also).
    -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice.
    -यात्रा 'an idol- procession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13.
    -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2.
    -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6.
    -यानम् a celestial car.
    -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11.
    -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men.
    -योनिः 1 a super- human being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak.
    -2 a being of divine origin.
    -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also).
    -योषा an apsaras.
    -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession.
    -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot.
    -रहस्यम् a divine mystery.
    -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6.
    -2 a king.
    -3 N. of Buddha.
    -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit.
    -2 a kind of swan or crane.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan.
    -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord.
    -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant.
    -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13.
    -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182.
    -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire.
    -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere.
    -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods.
    -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven.
    -वाहनः an epithet of Agni.
    -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2.
    -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid.
    -विभागः the northern hemisphere.
    -विश् f.,
    -विशा a deity.
    -वीतिः food of the gods.
    -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree.
    -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods.
    -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow.
    -2 the favourite food of the gods. (
    -तः) an epithet of
    1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1.
    -2 Kārtikeya.
    -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19.
    -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb.
    -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods.
    -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा).
    -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods.
    -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī.
    -श्रुतः an epithet of
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 Nārada.
    -3 a sacred treatise.
    -4 a god in general.
    -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v.
    -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods.
    -संध a. divine.
    -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्).
    -2 a council of a king, council-chamber.
    -3 a gambling-house.
    -सभ्यः 1 a gambler.
    -2 a fre- quenter of gaming-houses.
    -3 an attendant on a deity.
    -4 the keeper of a gambling-house.
    -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B.
    -2 N. of a plant.
    -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification.
    -सिंह an epithet of Śiva.
    -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1.
    -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण).
    -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink.
    -सेना 1 the army of gods.
    -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege.
    -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3.
    -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice.
    -हिंसकः an enemy of gods.
    -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51.
    -हूतिः f.
    1 invocation of the gods.
    -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama.
    -हेडनम् an offence against the gods.
    -हेतिः a divine weapon.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > देव _dēva

  • 18 take

    1. [teık] n
    1. 1) захват, взятие; получение
    2) шахм. взятие ( фигуры)
    2. 1) сл. выручка, барыши; сбор ( театральный)
    2) получка
    3. 1) улов ( рыбы)
    2) добыча ( на охоте)
    4. 1) аренда ( земли)
    2) арендованный участок
    5. разг. популярная песенка, пьеса
    6. мед. проф. хорошо принявшаяся прививка
    7. полигр. «урок» наборщика
    8. кино снятый кадр, кинокадр, дубль
    9. мед. пересадка ( кожи)
    10. запись (на пленку и т. п.)

    ♢ give and take - а) взаимные уступки, компромисс; б) обмен любезностями; обмен шутками, колкостями, пикировка

    on the take - корыстный, продажный

    2. [teık] v (took; taken)
    I
    1. брать; хватать

    to take a pencil [a sheet of paper, a spade] - взять карандаш [лист бумаги, лопату]

    to take smth. in one's hand - взять что-л. в руку

    to take smb.'s hand, to take smb. by the hand - взять кого-л. за руку

    to take smb. in one's arms - а) брать кого-л. на руки; б) обнимать кого-л.

    to take smb.'s arm - взять кого-л. под руку

    to take smth. in one's arms - взять что-л. в руки; схватить что-л. руками

    to take smb. to one's arms /to one's breast/ - обнимать кого-л., прижимать кого-л. к груди

    to take smb. by the shoulders - взять /схватить/ кого-л. за плечи

    to take smb. by the throat - взять /схватить/ кого-л. за горло /за глотку/

    to take smth. between one's finger and thumb - взять что-л. двумя пальцами

    to take smth. (up) with a pair of tongs - взять что-л. щипцами

    to take smth. on one's back - взвалить что-л. на спину

    take a sheet of paper from /out of/ the drawer - возьми лист бумаги из ящика стола

    take your bag off the table - снимите /уберите, возьмите/ сумку со стола

    take this table out of the room - уберите /вынесите/ этот стол из комнаты

    2. 1) захватывать; овладевать, завоёвывать

    to take a fortress [a town] (by storm) - брать крепость [город] (штурмом)

    to take prisoners - захватывать /брать/ пленных

    he was taken prisoner - его взяли /он попал/ в плен

    he was taken in the street - его взяли /арестовали/ на улице

    2) ловить

    a rabbit taken in a trap - заяц, попавшийся в капкан

    he managed to take the ball (off the bat) - ему удалось поймать мяч (с биты)

    to take smb. in the act - застать кого-л. на месте преступления

    to take smb. by surprise /off his guard, unawares/ - захватить /застигнуть/ кого-л. врасплох

    to take smb. at his word - поймать кого-л. на слове

    3) разг. овладевать ( женщиной), брать ( женщину)
    4) уносить, сводить в могилу

    pneumonia took him - воспаление лёгких свело его в могилу, он умер от воспаления лёгких

    3. 1) присваивать, брать (без разрешения)

    who has taken my pen? - кто взял мою ручку?

    he takes whatever he can lay his hands on - он пользуется (всем), чем только может, он берёт всё, что под руку подвернётся

    he is always taking other people's ideas - он всегда использует /присваивает себе/ чужие мысли, он всегда пользуется чужими мыслями

    2) (from) отбирать, забирать

    they took his dog from him - они у него забрали /отобрали/ собаку

    4. 1) пользоваться; получать; приобретать

    to take a taxi - брать такси [см. тж. II А 2]

    to take one's part - взять свою часть /долю/ [ср. тж. III А 2)]

    to take a quotation from Shakespeare [from a book] - воспользоваться цитатой из Шекспира [из книги], взять цитату из Шекспира [из книги]

    to take a holiday - а) взять отпуск; when are you taking your holiday? - когда ты идёшь в отпуск?; б) отдыхать; you must take a holiday - вам надо отдохнуть; I am taking a holiday today - я сегодня отдыхаю /не работаю/; сегодня у меня свободный день

    he lived in my house and took my care and nursing - он жил у меня и принимал мои заботы и уход (как должное)

    2) выбирать

    he took the largest piece of cake - он взял себе самый большой кусок пирога

    to take any means to do smth. - использовать любые средства, чтобы сделать что-л.

    which route shall you take? - какой дорогой вы пойдёте /поедете/?

    she is old enough to take her own way - она достаточно взрослая, чтобы самой выбрать свой собственный путь

    3) покупать

    I take bread here - я покупаю /беру/ хлеб здесь

    you will take - 2 lbs. - купишь /возьмёшь/ два фунта (чего-л.)

    I shall take it for $3 - я возьму /куплю/ это за три доллара

    4) выигрывать; брать, бить

    to take a bishop - взять /побить/ слона ( в шахматах)

    he took little by that move - этот ход /шаг/ мало помог /мало что дал/ ему

    5) юр. вступать во владение, наследовать

    according to the will he will take when of age - согласно завещанию он вступит во владение (имуществом) по достижении совершеннолетия

    5. 1) доставать, добывать

    to take the crop - убирать /собирать/ урожай

    2) взимать, собирать; добиваться уплаты

    to take contributions to the Red Cross - собирать пожертвования в пользу Красного Креста

    3) получать, зарабатывать
    6. 1) принимать (что-л.); соглашаться (на что-л.)

    to take an offer [presents] - принимать предложение [подарки]

    to take £50 for the picture - взять /согласиться на/ пятьдесят фунтов за картину

    how much less will you take? - на сколько вы сбавите цену?, сколько вы уступите?

    take what he offers you - возьми /прими/ то, что он тебе предлагает

    I'll take it - ладно, я согласен

    I will take no denial - отказа я не приму; не вздумайте отказываться

    to take smb.'s orders - слушаться кого-л., подчиняться кому-л.

    I am not taking orders from you - я вам не подчиняюсь, я не буду выполнять ваши приказы; ≅ вы мне не указчик

    to take a wager /a bet/ - идти на пари

    to take a dare /a challenge/ - принимать вызов

    2) получать

    take that (and that)! - получай!, вот тебе!

    7. воспринимать, реагировать

    to take smth. coolly [lightly] - относиться к чему-л. спокойно /хладнокровно/ [несерьёзно /беспечно/]

    to take smth. to heart - принимать что-л. (близко) к сердцу

    I wonder how he will take it - интересно, как он к этому отнесётся

    I can't take him [his words] seriously - я не могу принимать его [его слова] всерьёз, я не могу серьёзно относиться к нему [к его словам]

    he took the joke in earnest - он не понял шутки, он принял шутку всерьёз

    he is really kind-hearted if you take him the right way - он, в сущности, добрый человек, если (конечно) правильно его воспринимать

    this is no way to take his behaviour - на его поведение нужно реагировать не так

    take it easy! - а) не волнуйся!; б) смотри на вещи проще!; в) не усердствуй чрезмерно!

    to take things as they are /as one finds them, as they come/ - принимать вещи такими, какие они есть

    to take smth. amiss /ill, in bad part/ - обижаться на что-л.

    you must not take it ill of him - вы не должны сердиться на него; он не хотел вас обидеть

    to take kindly to smb. - дружески /тепло/ отнестись к кому-л. принять участие в ком-л.

    he took kindly to the young author - он принял участие в начинающем писателе, он «пригрел» начинающего писателя

    to take smth. kindly - благожелательно /доброжелательно/ отнестись к чему-л.

    I should take it kindly if you would answer my letter - я буду вам очень благодарен, если вы ответите на моё письмо

    8. 1) понимать; толковать

    I take your meaning - я вас понимаю, я понимаю, что вы хотите сказать

    I [don't] take you - уст. я вас [не] понимаю, я [не] понимаю, что вы хотите сказать

    how did you take his remark? - как вы поняли его замечание?

    to take smb. in the wrong way - неправильно понять кого-л.

    your words may be taken in a bad sense - ваши слова можно истолковать дурно /превратно/

    2) полагать, считать; заключать

    to take the news to be true /as true/ - считать эти сведения верными /соответствующими действительности/

    what time do you take it to be? - как вы думаете /как по-вашему/, сколько сейчас времени?

    how old do you take him to be? - сколько лет вы ему дадите?

    I take it that we are to wait here [to come early] - надо полагать /я так понимаю/, что мы должны ждать здесь [прийти рано]

    let us take it that it is so - предположим, что это так

    3) верить; считать истинным

    (you may) take it from me that he means what he says - поверьте мне, он не шутит /к тому, что он говорит, надо отнестись серьёзно/

    take it from me!, take my word for it - можете мне поверить; уж я-то знаю!, можете не сомневаться!

    we must take it at that - ничего не поделаешь, приходится верить

    9. охватывать, овладевать

    his conscience takes him when he is sober - когда он трезв, его мучают угрызения совести

    what has taken the boy? - что нашло на мальчика?

    he was taken with a fit of coughing [of laughter] - на него напал приступ кашля [смеха]

    to be taken ill /bad/ - заболеть

    10. 1) захватывать, увлекать; нравиться

    to take smb.'s fancy - а) поразить чьё-л. воображение; the story took my fancy - рассказ поразил моё воображение; б) понравиться; her new novel took the fancy of the public - её новый роман понравился читателям

    I was not taken with him - он мне не понравился, он не произвёл на меня (большого) впечатления

    he was very much taken with the idea - он очень увлёкся этой мыслью, он был весь во власти этой идеи

    2) иметь успех, становиться популярным (тж. take on)

    the play didn't take (with the public) - пьеса не имела успеха (у публики)

    11. записывать, регистрировать, протоколировать

    to take dictation - а) писать под диктовку; б) писать диктант

    12. 1) снимать, фотографировать

    to take a photograph of a tower - сфотографировать башню, сделать снимок башни

    he liked to take animals - он любил фотографировать /снимать/ животных

    2) выходить, получаться на фотографии

    he does not take well, he takes badly - он плохо выходит /получается/ на фотографии; он нефотогеничен

    13. использовать в качестве примера

    take the French Revolution - возьмите /возьмём/ (например) Французскую революцию

    take me for example - возьмите меня, например

    14. вмешать

    this car takes only five - в этой машине может поместиться только пять человек

    the typewriter takes large sizes of paper - в эту (пишущую) машинку входит бумага большого формата

    15. 1) требовать; отнимать

    it takes time, means and skill - на это нужно время, средства и умение

    the stuff takes sixty hours in burning - это вещество сгорает за шестьдесят часов

    how long will it take you to translate this article? - сколько времени уйдёт у вас на перевод этой статьи?

    it took him three years to write the book - ему потребовалось три года, чтобы написать книгу [ср. тж. 2)]

    this trip will take a lot of money - на эту поездку уйдёт /потребуется/ много денег

    it takes some pluck to do our work - для нашей работы требуется немало мужества

    it took four men to hold him - потребовалось четыре человека, чтобы его удержать

    it would take volumes to relate - нужны тома, чтобы это рассказать

    it takes a lot of doing - разг. это сделать довольно трудно, это не так-то просто сделать

    the work took some doing - работа потребовала усилий, работа попалась нелёгкая

    it took some finding [explaining] - разг. это было трудно найти /разыскать/ [объяснить]

    he has everything it takes to be a pilot - у него есть все (необходимые) качества (для того), чтобы стать лётчиком

    she's got what it takes - разг. она очень привлекательна, она нравится мужчинам

    2) требовать, нуждаться

    he took two hours to get there - ему потребовалось два часа, чтобы добраться туда; дорога туда отняла у него два часа

    wait for me, I won't take long - подожди меня, я скоро освобожусь

    he took three years to write /in writing/ the book - ему потребовалось три года, чтобы написать книгу [ср. тж. 1)]

    a plural noun takes a plural verb - существительное во множественном числе требует глагола /употребляется с глаголом/ во множественном числе

    16. (in, on) цепляться (за что-л.); застревать, запутываться (в чём-л.)
    17. жениться; выходить замуж

    she wouldn't take him - она не хотела выходить за него замуж, она ему упорно отказывала

    he took to wife Jane Smith - уст. он взял в жёны Джейн Смит

    18. с.-х. принимать

    the cow [the mare] took the bull [the stallion] - корова [кобыла] приняла быка [жеребца]

    19. 1) приниматься

    before the graft has taken - до тех пор, пока прививка не принялась

    2) действовать; приниматься

    the vaccination did not take - оспа не привилась /не принялась/

    the medicine seems to be taking - лекарство, кажется, подействовало

    3) держаться, закрепляться, оставаться

    this ink does not take on glossy paper - этими чернилами нельзя писать на глянцевой бумаге

    20. начинаться, расходиться, набирать силу
    21. 1) амер. схватываться, замерзать
    2) тех. твердеть, схватываться
    22. разг. становиться, делаться

    to take sick - заболеть, захворать; приболеть

    II А
    1. 1) принимать (пищу, лекарство)

    to take an early breakfast [dinner] - рано позавтракать [пообедать]

    will you take tea or coffee? - вы будете пить чай или кофе?

    do you take sugar in your tea? - вы пьёте чай с сахаром?

    I cannot take whiskey - я не могу пить /не выношу/ виски

    he can't take his drink - разг. он не умеет пить

    he can take his drink - разг. у него крепкая голова, он может много выпить

    that's all he ever takes - это всё, что он ест

    to take medicine [pills, sleeping powders] - принимать лекарство [пилюли, снотворное]

    I must take smth. for my headache - мне нужно принять что-л. от головной боли

    to be taken - принимать внутрь, для внутреннего употребления ( надпись на этикетке лекарства)

    2) нюхать ( табак)
    3) клевать, брать ( приманку)

    the fish doesn't take (the bait /the hook/) - рыба не клюёт

    2. ездить (на автобусе, такси и т. п.)

    to take a tram [a taxi] - поехать на трамвае [на такси] [см. тж. I 4, 1)]

    3. 1) снимать, арендовать ( помещение)

    they've taken the large hall for the conference - они сняли большой зал для конференции

    2) нанимать, приглашать (рабочих и т. п.)

    to take smb. as a servant - взять кого-л. в качестве слуги

    he took me into partnership - он сделал меня своим компаньоном, он принял /пригласил/ меня в долю

    he has been taken into the Air Ministry - его взяли /приняли на работу/ в министерство авиации

    3) брать (постояльцев и т. п.)

    to take pupils [lodgers] - брать учеников [постояльцев]

    4. выписывать или регулярно покупать (газеты и т. п.); подписываться (на газету и т. п.)

    which magazines and newspapers do you take? - какие журналы и газеты вы выписываете?

    5. 1) принимать (руководство, обязанности и т. п.); нести (ответственность и т. п.)

    to take control - брать в свои руки руководство /управление/

    to take charge of smb., smth. - взять на себя заботу о ком-л., чём-л.; осуществлять контроль /надзор/ за кем-л., чем-л.

    when I go away she is to take charge of the children - когда я уеду, она будет заботиться о детях

    I don't want to take the blame for what he did - я не хочу отвечать за то, что сделал он; ≅ он виноват, пусть он и отвечает /расхлёбывает/

    I shall take it upon myself to convince him - я беру /возьму/ на себя (задачу) убедить его

    2) вступать (в должность и т. п.)
    3) получать (степень и т. п.)

    to take a degree - получить учёную степень, стать магистром или доктором наук

    to take holy orders - принять духовный сан, стать священником

    6. занимать ( место)

    to take a front [a back] seat - садиться спереди [сзади] [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    take a seat! - садитесь!

    take the chair - садитесь /сядьте/ на (этот) стул [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    7. держаться, двигаться (в каком-л. направлении)

    to take (a little) to the right - брать /держаться/ (немного) правее

    take this street until you come to the big yellow house, then take the first street to the right, go another 100 yards and take the turning on the left - идите по этой улице до большого жёлтого дома, затем сверните в первую улицу направо, пройдите ещё сто ярдов и сверните (за угол) налево

    8. занимать ( позицию); придерживаться (мнения, точки зрения и т. п.)

    to take the attitude of an outsider - занять позицию (стороннего) наблюдателя

    if you take this attitude we shall not come to an agreement - если вы так будете к этому относиться, мы не договоримся /не придём к соглашению/

    to take a strong stand - решительно настаивать на своём, упорно отстаивать свою точку зрения; занять жёсткую позицию

    to take a jaundiced view - отнестись к чему-л. предвзято /предубеждённо, пристрастно/

    to take a practical view of the situation - смотреть на дело /положение/ практически /с практической точки зрения/; трезво смотреть на ситуацию

    9. 1) приобретать, принимать (вид, форму и т. п.)

    a pudding takes its shape from the mould - пудинг принимает форму посуды (в которой он пёкся)

    the word takes a new meaning in this text - в этом тексте слово приобретает новое значение

    this drink takes its flavour from the lemon peel - лимонная корочка придаёт этому напитку особый вкус /привкус/

    2) получать, наследовать (имя, название и т. п.)

    the city of Washington takes its name from George Washington - город Вашингтон назван в честь Джорджа Вашингтона

    this apparatus takes ifs name from the inventor - этот аппарат назван по имени изобретателя

    10. 1) преодолевать (препятствие и т. п.)

    to take a hurdle [a grade] - брать барьер [подъём]

    the horse took the ditch [the fence] - лошадь перепрыгнула через канаву [забор]

    the car took the corner at full speed - машина свернула за угол на полной скорости

    2) выигрывать, побеждать, одерживать верх (в спортивном состязании и т. п.)

    the visiting team took the game 8 to 1 - команда гостей выиграла встречу со счётом 8:1

    3) выигрывать, завоёвывать, брать (приз и т. п.); занимать ( определённое место)

    to take (the) first prize - завоевать /получить/ первую премию

    who took the first place? - кто занял первое место?

    4) поразить ( ворота в крикете)
    11. (into)
    1) посвящать (в тайну и т. п.)

    to take smb. into the secret - посвятить кого-л. в тайну

    to take smb. into one's confidence - оказать доверие /довериться/ кому-л.; поделиться с кем-л.; сделать кого-л. поверенным своих тайн

    we took him into the details - мы ознакомили его с подробностями; мы ввели его в курс дела

    2) принимать (в расчёт и т. п.)

    to take smth. into account /into consideration/ - принять что-л. во внимание, учесть что-л.

    12. 1) изучать (предмет, ремесло)

    I shall take French - я буду изучать французский язык, я буду заниматься французским

    you should take a course in physiology - вам следует заняться физиологией /прослушать курс физиологии/

    2) вести (занятия и т. п.)

    he always takes botany in the park - он всегда проводит занятия по ботанике в парке

    to take the evening service - церк. служить вечерню

    13. определять (размер, расстояние и т. п.); снимать ( показания приборов)

    to take the /a/ temperature - измерять температуру

    to take azimuth - засекать направление, брать азимут

    to take bearings - а) ориентироваться; уяснять обстановку; б) пеленговать

    14. носить, иметь размер (ноги и т. п.)

    what size do you take in shoes? - какой размер обуви вы носите?

    she takes sevens /a seven/ in gloves - она носит седьмой номер перчаток

    15. подвергаться (наказанию и т. п.); нести (потери, урон)

    to take a light [severe] punishment - воен. а) получить лёгкое [серьёзное] повреждение; б) нести незначительные [большие] потери

    to take a direct hit - воен. получить прямое попадание

    16. 1) выдерживать, переносить (неприятности, удары и т. п.)

    I don't know how he can take it - я не знаю, как он (это) выдерживает

    she takes the rough with the smooth - она стойко переносит превратности судьбы

    he always takes what comes to him - он всегда мирится с тем, что есть

    2) (take it) сл. выносить, терпеть

    he can dish it out but he can't take it - он может любого отделать /любому всыпать по первое число/, но сам такого обращения ни от кого не потерпит

    3) (take it) спорт. разг. держать ( удар)
    4) выдерживать (физические нагрузки; о балке и т. п.)
    17. заболеть; заразиться ( болезнью)
    18. поддаваться (отделке, обработке и т. п.)
    19. впитывать, поглощать ( жидкость)
    20. спорт. принимать (подачу, мяч и т. п.)
    II Б
    1. 1) to take to á place направляться куда-л.

    to take to the field - направиться в поле; выйти в поле [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    he took to the road again - он вновь вышел /вернулся/ на дорогу [см. тж. 4, 4)]

    the guerillas took to the mountains - партизаны ушли в горы /скрылись в горах/

    2) to take across smth. пересекать что-л., идти через что-л.
    3) it /smth./ takes somewhere диал. идти, течь и т. п. в каком-л. направлении (о дороге, реке и т. п.)
    2. to take smb., smth. to á place, to smb.
    1) доставлять, относить, отводить, отвозить кого-л., что-л. куда-л., к кому-л.

    to take smb. home - отвезти /отвести, проводить/ кого-л. домой

    may I take you home? - можно мне проводить вас (домой)?

    to take smb. to the hospital - доставить /отвезти/ кого-л. в больницу

    he was taken to the police station - его доставили /отвели/ в полицейский участок

    don't worry, I'll take the book to your father - не беспокойтесь, я отнесу книгу вашему отцу

    it was I who took the news to him - это /именно/ я сообщил ему эту новость

    the butler took the lawyer to the old lady - дворецкий провёл /проводил/ адвоката к старой даме

    2) приводить кого-л. куда-л.

    what took you to the city today? - что привело вас сегодня в город?

    business took him to London - он поехал в Лондон по делу, дела заставили его поехать в Лондон

    3) брать кого-л., что-л. (с собой) куда-л.

    why don't you take the manuscript to the country? - почему бы тебе не взять рукопись с собой в деревню?

    4) выводить, приводить кого-л. куда-л. (о дороге и т. п.)

    where will this road take me? - куда эта дорога выведет меня?

    3. to take smb. for smth. выводить кого-л. (на прогулку и т. п.)

    to take smb. for a ride - взять кого-л. (с собой) на прогулку ( на лошади или на автомобиле) [см. тж. ♢ ]

    4. to take to smth.
    1) пристраститься к чему-л.

    to take to drink /to drinking, to the bottle/ - пристраститься к вину, запить

    2) проявлять интерес, симпатию к чему-л.

    he didn't take to the idea - его эта идея не заинтересовала, ему эта идея не понравилась /не пришлась по вкусу/

    does he take to Latin? - он с удовольствием занимается латынью?

    I took to instant coffee - я полюбил быстрорастворимый кофе, быстрорастворимый кофе пришёлся мне по вкусу

    3) привыкать, приспосабливаться к чему-л.

    fruit trees take badly to the soil - фруктовые деревья плохо акклиматизируются на этой почве

    4) обращаться, прибегать к чему-л.

    the ship was sinking and they had to take to the boats - корабль тонул, и им пришлось воспользоваться лодками

    he took to the road again - он снова пустился в странствия, он вернулся к бродячему образу жизни [см. тж. 1, 1)]

    to take to one's bed - слечь, заболеть

    5) начинать заниматься чем-л.

    to take to literature - заняться литературой, стать писателем

    to take to the stage - поступить в театр, стать актёром

    5. 1) to take to smb. полюбить кого-л., почувствовать к кому-л. симпатию

    they have taken to each other - они понравились друг другу, они потянулись друг к другу

    2) to take against smb. выступать против кого-л.
    6. to take after smb.
    1) походить на кого-л.
    2) подражать

    his followers take after him in this particular - его сторонники следуют его примеру в этом отношении

    7. 1) to take smb., smth. for smb., smth. принимать кого-л., что-л. за кого-л., что-л.

    I am not the person you take me for - я не тот, за кого вы меня принимаете

    do you take me for a fool? - вы принимаете меня за дурака?, вы считаете меня дураком?

    2) to take smb., smth. to be smb., smth. считать кого-л., что-л. кем-л., чем-л., принимать кого-л., что-л. за кого-л., что-л.

    I took him to be an honest man - я принял его за честного человека; он мне показался честным человеком

    do you take me to be a fool? - вы считаете меня дураком?, вы принимаете меня за дурака?

    how old do you take him to be? - как по-вашему, сколько ему лет?

    8. to take smth., smb. off smth., smb.
    1) снимать что-л. с чего-л.

    to take the saucepan off the fire [the lid off the pan] - снять кастрюлю с огня [крышку с кастрюли]

    2) снимать, вычитать что-л. из чего-л.

    to take 3 shillings off the price of smth. - снизить цену на что-л. на три шиллинга

    3) заимствовать что-л. у кого-л., подражать, копировать; пародировать, передразнивать

    her hairdo was taken off a famous actress - причёску она взяла /заимствовала/ у одной известной актрисы

    she takes her manners off him - своими манерами /своим поведением/ она подражает ему

    4) отвлекать что-л., кого-л. от чего-л., кого-л.

    to take smb.'s attention off smth. - отвлечь чьё-л. внимание от чего-л.

    to take smb.'s mind off smth. - отвлечь чьи-л. мысли от чего-л.

    I hope the child will take his mind off his troubles - я надеюсь, (что) ребёнок заставит его забыть неприятности

    to take one's mind off smth. - забыть что-л.

    I can't take my mind off this misfortune - я не могу забыть об этом несчастье

    he couldn't take his eyes off the picture - он не мог оторваться /отвести глаз/ от картины

    to take smb. off his work - отвлекать кого-л. от работы, мешать кому-л. работать

    5) избавлять что-л., кого-л. от чего-л., кого-л.

    he took the responsibility [the blame] off me - он снял с меня ответственность [вину]

    he took him [the responsibility, all the worries] off my hands - он избавил меня от него [от ответственности, от всех хлопот]

    6) отстранять кого-л. от чего-л.

    to take smb. off the job - отстранить кого-л. от работы

    7) вычёркивать, изымать кого-л. из чего-л.

    to take smb. off the list - вычеркнуть /изъять/ кого-л. из списка

    to take a ship off the active list - вычеркнуть корабль из числа действующих

    8) сбивать кого-л. с чего-л.

    the waves took me off my feet - волны сбили меня с ног [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    9. 1) to take smth. from smth. вычитать что-л. из чего-л.

    if we take two from five we'll have tree left - если вычесть два из пяти, останется /в остатке будет/ три

    the storekeeper took a dollar from the price - лавочник сбавил цену на доллар

    2) to take from smth. снижать, ослаблять

    to take from the value of smth. - снижать ценность, стоимость чего-л.

    it doesn't take from the effect of the play - это не ослабляет впечатления, которое производит пьеса

    to take from the merit of smb. - умалять чьи-л. достоинства

    10. to take smth. out of smth.
    1) выносить что-л. откуда-л.

    books must not be taken out of the library - книги нельзя выносить из библиотеки

    2) вынимать что-л. откуда-л.
    3) отвлекать, развлекать кого-л.

    a drive in the country will take her out of herself - поездка за город развлечёт её /отвлечёт её от мрачных мыслей/

    4) устранять кого-л.

    to take smb. out of one's way - устранить кого-л. (со своего пути)

    11. to take smb. through smth.
    1) заставить кого-л. сделать что-л.

    I took him through a book of Livy - я заставил его прочесть (одну) книгу Ливия

    to take smb. through the first two books of English - прочитать с кем-л. первые две английские книги, помочь кому-л. справиться с двумя первыми английскими книгами

    2) заставить кого-л. пройти через что-л.; подвергнуть кого-л. чему-л.
    12. to take smth., smb. down smth. вести что-л., кого-л. вниз по чему-л.

    to take a little boat down the Mississippi - пройти /совершить путешествие/ на маленькой лодке вниз по Миссисипи

    13. to take smth. up to smth. доводить что-л. до какого-л. времени
    14. to take smb. over some place водить кого-л., показывать кому-л. что-л. (обыкн. помещение и т. п.)

    to take smb. over a house [a museum] - показывать кому-л. дом [музей], водить кого-л. по дому [по музею]

    15. to take smb. on /in, across, over/ smth. попадать кому-л. по какому-л. месту, ударять кого-л. по чему-л.

    the blow took me across the arm [over the head] - удар пришёлся мне по руке [по голове]

    16. to take upon oneself to do smth. браться за что-л., брать на себя выполнение чего-л.

    to take upon oneself to distribute food - взять на себя распределение продовольствия

    III А
    1) обыкн. в сочетании с последующим отглагольным существительным выражает единичный акт или кратковременное действие, соответствующее значению существительного:

    to take a walk - погулять; прогуляться, пройтись

    to take a turn - а) повернуть; б) прогуляться, пройтись; покататься, проехаться

    to take a step - шагнуть [ср. тж. 2)]

    to take a run - разбежаться [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    to take a jump /a leap/ - прыгнуть

    to take a nap - вздремнуть; соснуть

    to take a leak - сл. помочиться

    to take a look /a glance/ - взглянуть

    to take a shot - выстрелить [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    to take a risk /a chance/ - рискнуть

    to take (a) breath - а) вдохнуть; б) перевести дыхание; he stopped to take (a) breath - он остановился, чтобы перевести дыхание /передохнуть/

    to take (one's) leave - прощаться, уходить

    to take an examination - сдавать /держать/ экзамен

    to take an oath - а) дать клятву, поклясться; б) воен. принимать присягу

    2) обыкн. в сочетании с существительным выражает действие, носящее общий характер:

    to take action - а) действовать, принимать меры; I felt I had to take action - я чувствовал, что мне необходимо что-то сделать /начать действовать, принять меры/; б) юр. возбуждать судебное дело

    to take steps - принимать меры [ср. тж. 1)]

    what steps did you take to help them? - какие вы приняли меры /что вы предприняли/, чтобы помочь им?

    to take effect - а) возыметь, оказать действие; when the pills took effect - когда пилюли подействовали, б) вступить в силу; the law will take effect next year - закон вступит в силу с будущего года

    to take place - случаться, происходить

    to take part - участвовать, принимать участие [ср. тж. I 4, 1)]

    take post! - по местам!

    to take root - пустить корни, укорениться

    to take hold - а) схватить; he took hold of my arm - он схватил меня за руку; он ухватился за мою руку; б) овладевать; my plane had taken hold upon his fancy - мой план захватил его воображение; the fashion took hold - мода укоренилась

    to take possession - а) стать владельцем, вступить во владение; б) овладеть, захватить

    to take aim /sight/ - прицеливаться

    to take counsel - совещаться; советоваться

    to take advice - а) советоваться, консультироваться; б) следовать совету; take my advice - послушайтесь доброго совета; to take legal advice - брать консультацию у юриста

    to take account - принимать во внимание, учитывать

    you must take account of his illness - вы должны учитывать, что он был болен

    they took advantage of the old woman - они обманули /провели/ эту старую женщину

    to take the privilege - воспользоваться правом /привилегией/

    we take this opportunity of thanking /to thank/ you - мы пользуемся случаем, чтобы поблагодарить вас

    to take interest - интересоваться, проявлять интерес; увлекаться (чем-л.)

    to take pleasure /delight/ - находить удовольствие

    to take pity - проявлять жалость /милосердие/

    to take trouble - стараться, прилагать усилия; брать на себя труд

    she took great pains with her composition - она очень усердно работала над своим сочинением

    to take comfort - успокоиться, утешиться

    to take courage /heart/ - мужаться; воспрянуть духом; приободриться; не унывать

    take courage! - мужайся!, не робей!

    to take cover - прятаться; скрываться

    to take refuge /shelter/ - укрыться, найти убежище

    in his old age he took refuge from his loneliness in his childhood memories - в старости он спасался /находил убежище/ от одиночества в воспоминаниях детства

    to take fire - загораться, воспламеняться

    to take warning - остерегаться; внять предупреждению

    to take notice - замечать; обращать (своё) внимание

    to take heed - а) обращать внимание; замечать; б) быть осторожным, соблюдать осторожность

    to take care - быть осторожным; take care how you behave - смотри, веди себя осторожно

    to take care of smb., smth. - смотреть, присматривать за кем-л., чем-л., заботиться о ком-л., чём-л.

    who will take care of the baby? - кто позаботится о ребёнке?, кто присмотрит за ребёнком?

    to take a liking /a fancy/ to smb. - полюбить кого-л.

    to take a dislike to smb. - невзлюбить кого-л.

    to take the salute - воен. а) отвечать на отдание чести; б) принимать парад

    ♢

    take and - амер. диал. взять и

    I'll take and bounce a rock on your head - вот возьму и тресну тебя камнем по башке

    to take a drop - выпить, подвыпить

    to take (a drop /a glass/) too much - хватить /хлебнуть/ лишнего

    to take the chair - занять председательское место, председательствовать; открыть заседание [ср. тж. II А 6]

    to take the veil - облачиться в одежду монахини; уйти в монастырь

    to take the floor - а) выступать, брать слово; б) пойти танцевать

    to take for granted - считать само собой разумеющимся /не требующим доказательств/; принимать на веру

    to take too much for granted - быть слишком самонадеянным; позволять себе слишком много

    to take smth. to pieces - разобрать что-л.

    to take a stick to smb. - побить /отделать/ кого-л. палкой

    take it or leave it - на ваше усмотрение; как хотите, как угодно

    to take a turn for the better, to take a favourable turn - измениться к лучшему, пойти на лад

    to take a turn for the worse - измениться к худшему, ухудшиться

    to take stock (of smth., smb.) - [см. stock I ♢ ]

    to take it out of smb. - а) утомлять, лишать сил кого-л.; the long climb took it out of me - длинный подъём утомил меня; the heat takes it out of me - от жары я очень устаю жара лишает меня сил; the illness has taken it out of him - он обессилел от болезни; б) отомстить кому-л.; I will take it out of you /of your hide/ - я отомщу тебе за это; это тебе даром не пройдёт, ты мне за это заплатишь, так просто ты не отделаешься; я с тобой рассчитаюсь /расквитаюсь/; he will take it out of me /of my hide/ - он отыграется на мне, он мне отомстит за это

    to take smb.'s measure - а) снимать мерку с кого-л.; б) присматриваться к кому-л.; определять чей-л. характер; в) распознать /раскусить/ кого-л.

    to take sides - присоединиться /примкнуть/ к той или другой стороне

    to take smb.'s side /part/, to take sides /part/ with smb. - стать на /принять/ чью-л. сторону

    to take to one's heels - улизнуть, удрать, дать стрекача, пуститься наутёк

    to take one's hook - смотать удочки, дать тягу

    to take it on the lam - амер. сл. смываться, скрываться; улепётывать

    to take the cake /the biscuit, the bun/ - занять /выйти на/ первое место; получить приз

    it takes the cake! - это превосходит всё!, дальше идти некуда!

    to take off one's hat to smb. - восхищаться кем-л., преклоняться перед кем-л., снимать шляпу перед кем-л.

    to take a back seat - а) отойти на задний план, стушеваться; б) занимать скромное положение; [ср. тж. II А 6]

    to take a run at smth. - попытаться заняться чем-л. [ср. тж. III А 1)]

    to take a shot /a swing/ at smth. /at doing smth./ - попытаться /рискнуть/ сделать что-л. [ср. тж. III А 1)]

    to take liberties with smb. - позволять себе вольности по отношению к кому-л.; быть непозволительно фамильярным с кем-л.

    I am not taking any - ≅ слуга покорный!

    to take one's hair down - разойтись вовсю, разбушеваться

    to take smb. for a ride - прикончить /укокошить/ кого-л. [см. тж. II Б 3]

    to take the starch /the frills/ out of smb. - амер. сбить спесь с кого-л., осадить кого-л.

    to take smth. with a grain of salt - относиться к чему-л. скептически /недоверчиво, критически/

    to take the bit between the /one's/ teeth - закусить удила, пойти напролом

    to take to earth - а) охот. уходить в нору; б) спрятаться, притаиться

    to take a load from /off/ smb.'s mind - снять тяжесть с души у кого-л.

    you've taken a load off my mind - ты снял тяжесть с моей души; у меня от сердца отлегло

    to take a load from /off/ one's feet - сесть

    to take a leaf out of smb.'s book - следовать чьему-л. примеру, подражать кому-л.

    to take a rise out of smb. см. rise I 15

    to take in hand - а) взять в руки, прибрать к рукам; б) взять в свои руки; взяться, браться (за что-л.)

    to take smb. to task см. task I ♢

    to take smb. off his feet - вызвать чей-л. восторг; поразить /увлечь, потрясти/ кого-л. [ср. тж. II Б 8, 8)]

    to take smb. out of his way - доставлять кому-л. лишние хлопоты

    to take it into one's head - вбить /забрать/ себе в голову

    to take one's courage in both hands - набраться храбрости, собраться с духом

    to take exception to smth. - возражать /протестовать/ против чего-л.

    to take the name of God /the Lord's name/ in vain - богохульствовать, кощунствовать; упоминать имя господа всуе

    to take a /one's/ call, to take the curtain - театр. выходить на аплодисменты

    to take the field - а) воен. начинать боевые действия; выступать в поход; б) выйти на поле ( о футбольной команде); [ср. тж. II Б 1, 1)]

    to take in flank [in rear] - воен. атаковать с фланга [с тыла]

    to take out of action - воен. выводить из боя

    take your time! - не спеши(те)!, не торопи(те)сь!

    he took his time over the job - он делал работу медленно /не спеша/

    the devil take him! - чёрт бы его побрал!

    НБАРС > take

  • 19 ζάω

    ζάω contr. ζῶ (Hom.+) impf. ἔζων (Ro 7:9 B ἔζην; on this form s. Schwyzer I 675; B-D-F §88; Mlt-H. 194, both w. ref.); fut. ζήσω (uniformly attested Ro 6:2; Hb 12:9); the later (since Hippocr. VII p. 536 L.; LXX; AscIs 3:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 193 al.) form ζήσομαι (B-D-F §77; Rob. 356) is more common (on the fut. forms s. JLee, NovT 22, ’80, 289–98; GKilpatrick, ibid. 25, ’83, 146–51); 1 aor. ἔζησα. On the LXX usage s. Thackeray 269; for forms in pap, Gignac II 370.
    ① to be alive physically, live
    ⓐ of physical life in contrast to death
    α. gener. Ac 22:22; Ro 7:1, 2, 3; 14:8ac; 1 Cor 7:39; 2 Cor 5:15a; 6:9; Hb 9:17. ψυχὴ ζῶσα a living soul (Gen 1:20 al.; Just., D. 6, 1 ζῇ ψυχῇ) 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7); Rv 16:3 v.l. ὅσα ἔτη ζῇ as many years as he lives B 10:6 (cp. SIG 663, 6; Sb 173, 6 Αὐρήλιος ζήσας ἔτη νε´; En 10:10). τὸ ζῆν life (Attic wr., ins, pap, LXX) ὥστε ἐξαπορηθῆναι ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ ζῆν so that we even despaired of life 2 Cor 1:8. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν during the whole lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. Diod S 1, 74, 3 διατελεῖν πάντα τὸν τοῦ ζῆν χρόνον; 4, 46, 4). ἔτι ζῶν while he was still living= before his death Mt 27:63 (CB I/2 660 no. 618 Ζώσιμος ἔτι ζῶν κατεσκεύασεν; 3 Km 12:6). ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν … εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός they were thrown alive into the lake of fire Rv 19:20. ζῶσα τέθνηκεν though alive she is dead 1 Ti 5:6 (cp. Sextus 7). ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες we during our (earthly) life 2 Cor 4:11; the same phrase= we who are still living 1 Th 4:15, 17. Here the opp. is νεκροί, as in Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38a. ζῶντες καὶ νεκροί the living and the dead Ac 10:42; Ro 14:9b; 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; 2 Cl 1:1; B 7:2.—Occasionally the contrast betw. νεκρός and ζῆν is used fig. with ref. to the realm of religion and ethics Lk 15:24 v.l., 32.
    β. of dead persons who return to life become alive again: of humans in general (3 Km 17:23) Mt 9:18; Ac 9:41; 20:12; Rv 20:4, 5; AcPl Ha 11, 7. Of Jesus Mk 16:11; Lk 24:5, 23; Ac 1:3; 25:19; Ro 14:9a; 2 Cor 13:4a; Rv 1:18b; 2:8 (Just., D. 69, 6 νεκροὺς … ζῆν ποιήσας).
    γ. of sick persons, if their illness terminates not in death but in recovery be well, recover (Artem. 4, 4 ἔζησεν ὁ παῖς=became well; 5, 71; 72; PGM 1, 188; 4 Km 1:2; 8:8 εἰ ζήσομαι ἐκ τῆς ἀρρωστίας μου ταύτης; Jos., Vi. 421) Mk 5:23; J 4:50, 51, 53.—Of removal of anxiety 1 Th 3:8.
    δ. also of healthy persons live on, remain alive (X., An. 3, 2, 39 ὅστις δὲ ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ πειράσθω νικᾶν; Ep. 56 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 359, 14]; ApcMos 31 διὰ τί σὺ ἀποθνῄσκεις καγὼ ζῶ;) Ac 25:24; 28:4. ἐὰν ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ ζήσομεν Js 4:15. ὸ̓ς ἔχει τὴν πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης καὶ ἔζησεν Rv 13:14.
    ε. of beings that in reality, or as they are portrayed, are not subject to death: of Melchizedek Hb 7:8 (opp. ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἄνθρωποι). Jesus as everlasting high priest πάντοτε ζῶν 7:25.—In this sense it is most comprehensively applied to God (s. CBurchard, Untersuch. zu JosAs p. 103) (ὁ) θεὸς (ὁ) ζῶν (cp. 4 Km 19:4, 16; Is 37:4, 17; Hos 2:1; Da 6:21 Theod.; 3 Macc 6:28; TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 10 [Stone p. 46]; TestJob 37:2; JosAs 49:3 al.; SibOr 3, 763; POxy 924, 11 [IV A.D., Gnostic]; PGM 4, 1038 ὁ μέγας ζῶν θεός; 7, 823; 12, 79; Philo, Decal. 67 ὁ ζῶν ἀεὶ θεός; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 59, 18.—The phrase ‘the living God’ is not found in Joseph.) Mt 16:16; 26:63; J 6:69 v.l.; Ac 14:15; Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 3:3; 6:16; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Ti 3:15; 4:10; 6:17 v.l.; Hb 3:12; 9:14; 10:31; 12:22; Rv 1:18a; 4:10; 7:2; 10:6; 2 Cl 20:2; GJs 20:1; AcPl Ha 2, 32; also ὁ ζῶν πατήρ J 6:57. W. the addition εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Rv 15:7; cp. 4:9 (cp. Tob 13:2; Sir 18:1). God takes a sovereign oath in the words ζῶ ἐγώ as surely as I live (Num 14:28 al.) Ro 14:11 (Is 49:18; classical parallels GStählin, NovT 5, ’62, 142 n. 2). ζῇ κύριος ὁ θεός [μου] as surely as the Lord my God lives GJs 4:1; 6:1; 13:3; 15:3; 19:3 (Judg 8:19; 1 Km 25:34 al; GrBar 1:7; cp. ApcEsdr 2:7); in expanded form καὶ ζῇ ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτοῦ 15:4 (s. deStrycker ad loc.).—Christ lives διὰ τὸν πατέρα because of the Father J 6:57b (s. Bultmann, comm. ad loc.).
    ⓑ w. mention of that upon which life depends ἐπί τινι on the basis of someth. (Andoc. 1, 100; Isocr. 10, 18; Ael. Aristid. 28, 103 K.=49 p. 525 D.) ζ. ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3). ζ. ἔκ τινος obtain one’s living fr. someth. (Aristoph., Eccl. 591; Demosth. 57, 36; POxy 1117, 19; 1557, 12; TestJob 47:1f) 1 Cor 9:14.
    ⓒ w. more precise mention of the sphere (Artem. 3, 62 ἐν ἀγορᾷ ζ.=spend his life in the marketplace) ζ. ἐν σαρκί live in the flesh in contrast to the heavenly life Phil 1:22; Gal 2:20c; ζ. ἐν κόσμῳ live in the world Col 2:20. ζ. ἐν θεῷ, live in God (as the Being who penetrates and embraces everything) Ac 17:28 (s. κινέω 3). For AcPl Ha 1, 15 s. 2a end.
    ② to live in a transcendent sense, live, of the sanctified life of a child of God (ζῆν in the sense of a higher type of life than the animal: X., Mem. 3, 3, 11; Cass. Dio 69, 19: after years of public service, Similis retires and prepares this epitaph: Σίμιλις ἐνταύθα κεῖται βιοὺς μὲν ἔτη τόσα, ζήσας δὲ ἔτη ἑπτά=Here lies Similis, existing for so many years, but alive for only seven.).
    ⓐ in the world ἐγὼ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου ποτέ I was once (truly) alive without law (this has been interpr. to mean when no law existed; Paul is then regarded as speaking fr. the viewpoint of humanity in paradise before the command Gen 2:16 f; 3:3. Another interpr. thinks of Paul as referring to the period in his life when he was not conscious of the existence and significance of the law. In view of Paul’s climactic affirmation in Ro 7:25, Paul probably illustrates in the first person the perils of a Christian who succumbs to the illusion that moral action is connected with law rather than with the ‘spirit of life in Christ’ Ro 8:2) Ro 7:9. Even now those who listen to the voice of the Son of God enjoy this life J 5:25; cp. 11:26; likew. those who receive him into their being ὁ τρώγων τὸν ἄρτον 6:57c; cp. Ro 6:11, 13 (ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας); Gal 2:19; Rv 3:1. This heavenly life on earth is a ζ. πνεύματι Gal 5:25 or a life not of mere human achievement, but of Christ who lives in Christians 2:20ab. Also of the superhuman power of the apostle ζήσομεν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς we shall live with him (Christ) through God’s power in our dealings with you 2 Cor 13:4. ὁ κύριος βούλεται ζῆν ἡμᾶς ἐν θεῷ=the Lord wills that we live under God’s direction AcPl Ha 1, 15 (opp. ἀποθανεῖν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις; s. 1c end)
    ⓑ in the glory of the life to come (Sir 48:11; cp. Dt 4:1; 8:1; 30:16).
    α. abs. Lk 10:28; J 11:25; 14:19; Ro 8:13b; Hb 12:9. ἐμοὶ τ. ζῆν Χριστός= life is possible for me only where Christ is (hence death is gain) Phil 1:21 (s. OSchmitz, GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 155–69). Another common interpr. is for me to live is Christ, i.e. while I am alive I experience real life in connection with Christ; w. death comes life in all fullness in the presence of Jesus.
    β. More specifically εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα have eternal life (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 17 ζῆν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα; PsSol 14:2) J 6:51, 58 (in J the blessed life which the follower of Jesus enjoys here and now in the body is simply continued in the heavenly life of the future. In other respects also the dividing line betw. the present and the future life is somet. nonexistent or at least not discernible); B 6:3; 8:5; 9:2; 11:10f; ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) ζ. live together with Christ 1 Th 5:10; ζ. διʼ αὐτοῦ (i.e. Chr.) 1J 4:9; ζ. κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι live, as God (lives), in the Spirit 1 Pt 4:6. ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται (cp. Hab 2:4) he that is just through faith will have life Ro 1:17 (AFeuillet, NTS 6, ’59, 52–80; but s. Fitzmyer, Ro [AB] ad loc.); Gal 3:11; Hb 10:38. This life is τὸ ἀληθινὸν ζῆν ITr 9:2; IEph 11:1. Christ is called τὸ ἀδιάκριτον ἡμῶν ζῆν our unshakable or inseparable life 3:2. τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἡμῶν ζῆν our total life 1 Mg 1:2—The law-directed pers. believes concerning legal performance: ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς (Lev 18:5) Gal 3:12; cp. Ro 10:5 (cp. Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 1 οἱ τοῦτον [= τ. νόμον] φυλάττοντες ἔχονται τῆς σωτηρίας=those who observe law have a firm grip on security).
    ③ to conduct oneself in a pattern of behavior, live (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ used w. adverbs or other modifiers: adv. (Sallust. 19 p. 34, 25 κακῶς ζῆν [Just., A I, 4, 7]; SIG 889, 13ff; Wsd 14:28; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 198; Ath. 3, 1 δίκην θηρίων) ἀσώτως Lk 15:13. ἐθνικῶς and ἰουδαϊκῶς Gal 2:14. εὐσεβῶς 2 Ti 3:12. πανούργως Hm 3, 3. σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως κ. εὐσεβῶς Tit 2:12 (Plut., Mor. 1108c ζῆν σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως; cp. Diog. L. 10, 132; 140; Ar. 15, 10).—Φαρισαῖος live as a Pharisee Ac 26:5. ἐν πίστει Gal 2:20d. ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ Ro 6:2; ζ. ἐν τούτοις live in these (sins) Col 3:7. κατὰ ἀλήθειαν in keeping w. the truth IEph 6:2 (cp. Philo, Post. Cai. 73 κατὰ βούλημα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ζ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 302 κατὰ τ. νόμους ζ.; Just., D. 47, 4 κατὰ τὸν νόμον; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 12, 7 κατὰ τὰς θείας γραφάς). κατὰ θεόν 8:1 (cp. SIG 910 A and B). κατὰ Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν IPhld 3:2. κατὰ Χριστιανισμόν live in accordance w. (our) commitment to Christ IMg 10:1. κατὰ σάρκα Ro 8:12f; Dg 5:8; κατὰ κυριακὴν ζ. (opp. σαββατίζειν) include the observance of the Lord’s day in one’s life IMg 9:1. Of a married woman ζ. μετὰ ἀνδρός live w. her husband Lk 2:36 (for the added acc. of extent of time cp. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 332 D.; Pr 28:16; ἥτις ἔζησεν καλῶς μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἔτη 28, μῆνας 4, ἡμέρας 5: SEG II, 384, 6–8 [restored]; s. also FDanker, Jesus and the New Age ’88, 71).
    ⓑ τινί live for someone or someth., for the other’s benefit (Hom. et al.; Demosth. 7, 17 οἳ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται Φιλίππῳ ζῶντες καὶ οὐ τῇ ἑαυτῶν πατρίδι; Dionys. Hal. 3, 17 … παῖδες, τῷ πατρὶ ζῶντες) ζ. τῷ θεῷ (4 Macc 7:19; 16:25; Philo, Mut. Nom. 13, Rer. Div. Her. 111; s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 10) Lk 20:38b (cp. Soph., Ajax 970); Ro 6:10, 11; Gal 2:19; Hm 3:5; AcPl Ha 10, 7; τῷ κυρίῳ Ro 14:8b (cp. Plut., Cleom. 819 [31, 5]). For Christ 2 Cor 5:15; τῷ ἐμῷ βασιλεῖ AcPl Ha 9, 26 (restored after Aa I 112, 14) τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζ. 1 Pt 2:24; ἑαυτῷ ζ. live for oneself (Menand., Fgm. 646 Kö. οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ζῆν μόνον; Diod S 10, 33, 2 ζ. ἑαυτοῖς=live for themselves) Ro 14:7.
    ④ to be full of vitality, be lively the ptc. is used fig. w. respect to things (cp. τῶν δένδρων τῶν ζῶντων ParJer 9:3), of spring water in contrast w. cistern water ὕδωρ ζῶν (Gen 26:19; Lev 14:5; Jer 2:13 v.l.; Zech 14:8.—Stagnant water is called ὕ. νεκρόν: Synes., Ep. 114, 254d) J 4:10f (Hdb. exc. on J 4:14); 7:38; D 7:1f (Wengst p. 77 n. 57). ζώσας πηγάς Rv 7:17 v.l.
    ⑤ to be life-productive, offer life ptc. used w. respect to things (SIG 1173 [138 A.D.], 5 ζῶσαι ἀρεταὶ ἐγένοντο=miracles full of divine life occurred) λόγια ζῶντα words that meant life Ac 7:38. λόγος ζῶν θεοῦ 1 Pt 1:23; cp. Hb 4:12. ὁδὸς ζῶσα a living way 10:20. ἐλπὶς ζῶσα a living hope 1 Pt 1:3.—ζ. is also used of things which serve as descriptions of pers. who communicate divine life: of Christ ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν J 6:51a. λίθος ζῶν 1 Pt 2:4. Of Christians: θυσία ζῶσα a living sacrifice Ro 12:1. λίθοι ζῶντες 1 Pt 2:5.—τὰ παρὰ ζώσης φωνῆς καὶ μενούσης the (words) of a living and abiding voice Papias (2:4) (opp. ἐκ τῶν βιβλίων).—Lit. s. ζωή end. DELG s.v. ζώω.M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ζάω

  • 20 ראי

    ראי, רָאָה(b. h.) ( to meet with, 1) to see. Ber.IX, 1 הרואֶה מקיםוכ׳ he who sees (comes to) a place Ib. 56b הרואה נהר בחלום he who sees a river in his dream. B. Bath.82a כל שרואה פני חמה, v. גֶּזַע. Gen. R. s. 56 רוֹאִים אתם … רואה do you see what I see? Ex. R. s. 3 אתה רואה ראייה אחתוכ׳ thou seest only one vision, but I see two; אתה רואה אותן באיןוכ׳ thou seest them come to Sinai and receive my Law, but I see B. Mets.73b רָאִיתָ שאינווכ׳ if thou observest that he does not conduct himself properly; a. v. fr.Snh.52a הֵנִרְאֶה מיוכ׳ (Ms. M. הֵא נראה) well, we shall see which, v. קָבַר. Sabb.150a לא יאמר … הנראה שתעמורוכ׳ one must not say to ones neighbor (on the Sabbath), well, we shall see (I am confident) that you will be with me in the evening (for business); Ab. Zar.7a (Tosaf. = הֲנִרְאֶה בעיניך, Nif. is it pleasing to thee?); Tosef.Sabb. XVII (XVIII), 11 נראה ed. Zuck. (Var. הנ׳). Sifré Num. 84 הנראה שתגיע עמנווכ׳ be sure to arrive with (meet) us at Ib. הנ׳ שתעמידניוכ׳ be sure to wake me up, for I ר׳ דם, ר׳ קרי to have an attack, be affected with. Yeb.76a לאר׳ קרי מימיו he never had a nightly pollution. Zab. I, 1 ר׳ אחת … ובשלישיר׳ שתים (sub. זיבה) if he felt one attack of gonorrhœa …, and on the third day he had two attacks. Ber.III, 6 רָאֲתָה נדה (sub. דם) felt menstruation. Ib. 26a ר׳ זיבה felt a flux; a. fr. 2) to reflect; to reason; to consider. B. Bath.83a רוֹאִין … כאילווכ׳ we consider the central vine-trees as if not existing. Erub.I, 5 רואין אותה … מתכת we consider it (the cross-piece of straw or reeds) as if it were of metal; עקימה רואיןוכ׳ if it is curved, we consider it as if it were straight. Gen. R. l. c. הוי רואה דמיווכ׳ look upon the blood of this ram, as if it were the blood of ; a. v. fr.מהר׳ what did he see?, what was the reason; in gen. why? B. Bath. 123a מהר׳ יעקב שנטלוכ׳ what reason had Jacob to take the birthright from Reuben? Pes.53b מה רָאוּ … שמסרווכ׳ what did Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah have in mind (how did they reason) when they were ready to give up their lives ? Sifré Deut. 307 מה ראו … שנשטפווכ׳ why were the men of the flood drowned ?; a. fr. 3) to see the reason of, to like, choose, prefer, approve of. Keth.XIII, 3, sq. רואה אני את רבריוכ׳ I like the opinion of Admon. Ib. 109a כל מקום שאמר … רואח אניוכ׳ wherever R. G. said, I like, that opinion is the adopted rule. Ab. II, 7 רואה אני … מדבריכם I prefer what El. … said to what you said; a. fr.Part. pass. רָאוּי; f. רְאוּיָה; pl. רְאוּיִים; רְאוּיִין; רְאוּיוֹת chosen, selected; designated, predestined; fit, worthy, adapted (v. חֲזִי). Bekh.59b, a. e. מנין הר׳, v. מִנְיָן. Ḥull.83b, a. fr. כל הר׳ לבילה whatever is capable of being mixed, v. בִּילָה. Nidd.VI, 4 כל הר׳ לדוןוכ׳ whoever is fit (authorized) to give judgment in a criminal court, is fit Sabb.89b ר׳ היה יעקבוכ׳ Jacob was destined to go down to Egypt in iron chains, but his merits were the cause (that no such force was used). Snh.107a ר׳ היתהוכ׳ Bathsheba … was predestined (as wife) for David, only he anticipated fate, v. פַּגָּה. Ber.4a ר׳ היו ישראל ליעשותוכ׳ it had been intended that a miracle be performed for the Israelites in Ezras days, as it has been in Joshuas time, but sin was the cause (that it was not done). Nidd.60a ר׳ לראות fit (old enough) to have menstruation; a. v. fr. Nif. נִרְאָה 1) to be seen, be visible; to appear; to seem. Gen. R. s. 48 נִרְאִין כאוכליןוכ׳ they had the appearance of eating, one course after the other being removed. Pesik. R. s. 21 בפנים הרבה נ׳ להםוכ׳ the Lord appeared to them at Sinai with various expressions of countenance. Pesik. Vayhi, p. 5a> קרסי זהב נראין … הנראיןוכ׳, v. קֶרֶס. Ḥag.2a; Snh.4b, a. e. (ref. to יראה, Ex. 23:17) יִרְאֶה יֵרָאֶה … לִרְאוֹת … לֵירָאוֹת you may read it yireh (he shall see, the Lord) or yeraëh (he shall be seen): as He comes to see, so does He come to be seen (i. e. he that is blind in one eye is exempt from visiting the Temple. Ḥag.5b הנראין ואינן רואין … הרואים יאינן נראין, v. קָבַל I, Hif.Pes.53a שנ׳ כמקדישוכ׳ it looks as if he dedicated his animal as a sacrifice, and were to eat sacred meat outside of the Temple. Ab. II, 3 נראין כאוהביןוכ׳ they appear to be friends as long as it profits them; a. v. fr. 2) to become fit, be fit. Yoma 64a, v. דָּחָה. Succ.33b נ׳ ונדחה חוזר ונ׳ what had been fit at one time of the Holy Day, and was discarded (on account of a temporary unfitness), may again become fit (for use on the same day); a. e. 3) to be liked, approved of; to appear reasonable. Ḥull.108b נ׳ דבריוכ׳ R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in the event that no stirring has taken place. Ib. 109a נ׳ דבריר׳ י׳ בהא … בהא R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in such a case, and that of the scholars in such a case. Ber.33b ר׳ חייא … נראין R. Ḥ. bar Abba reported Rabbi to have said nirin (it seems acceptable), contrad. to מטין a. מודים; Erub.46b; a. fr. Hif. הֶרְאָה to cause to see; to show. Pesik. Shek., p. 19a> (ref. to Ex. 30:13) כמין מטבע … והֶרְאֵהוּ למשהוכ׳ the Lord took a sort of a coin of fire from under his throne of glory and showed it to Moses, saying, ‘this they shall give, like this Ib. p. 18b> הקטנהה׳ לדודוכ׳ he (Joab) produced before David the smaller census, the larger he did not. Kidd.48b; B. Bath. 165a, a. e. מרְאֶה מקום הוא לו he merely indicated the place to him, v. קְפֵידָא. Ber.55b מראין לו חלום טוב is shown a good dream (vision), Ib. הֶרְאוּהוּ חלומווכ׳ was shown his own dream and the interpretation of his fellow prisoners dream. Ab. Zar.5a ה׳ לוהקב״ה לאדם דורוכ׳ the Lord allowed Adam to see each coming generation and its preachers Taan.10b אל תַּרְאוּ עצמכםוכ׳, v. שָׂבֵעַ I; a. v. fr.ה׳ פנים a) ( to show a ( friendly) face, to visit the mourner. Y.M. Kat. III, 82b מפני … להַרְאוֹתוכ׳ why is it recommended to visit the mourner (on the Sabbath, when no other mourning ceremonies are otherwise observed)? Ib. 83a bot. אין מראיןוכ׳ a mourner is not visited on New Years Day Gen. R. s. 100; a. e.b) to enlighten, convince by clear argument. Snh.93b (ref. to איש תאר, 1 Sam. 16:18) שמראה פנים בהלכה he makes faces shine when he argues; Num. R. s. 13; (Ruth R. to II, 1; Yalk. Sam. 125 שמאיר); a. e. Hof. הוּרְאָה to be shown. Y.M. Kat. III, 82c top אם הוּרְאוּ לו רוב פנים if most of the faces have been shown him, i. e. if the majority of comforters have been to see him (v. supra). Hithpa. הִתְרָאֶה to show ones self. Taan.10b שכח … אל יִתְרָאֶה בפני הצבור if he forgot and ate and drank (in a place where a fast is held), he must not show himself before the people.

    Jewish literature > ראי

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Lord of the Rings Strategy Battle Game — Players 2+ Setup time < 10 minutes Playing time ≈1 hour per 500 points of miniatures (approx.) Random chance Medium High …   Wikipedia

  • The Lord of the Rings (1978 film) — Infobox Film name = J.R.R. Tolkien s The Lord of the Rings caption = Theatrical release poster. director = Ralph Bakshi producer = Saul Zaentz writer = Screenplay: Peter S. Beagle Chris Conkling Based on the novel by nobreak|J. R. R. Tolkien… …   Wikipedia

  • The Platinum Collection Volume 1: Shout to the Lord — (Featuring Darlene Zschech) Compilation album by Hillsong Church Released 2000 …   Wikipedia

  • For the life of me — For For, prep. [AS. for, fore; akin to OS. for, fora, furi, D. voor, OHG. fora, G. vor, OHG. furi, G. f[ u]r, Icel. fyrir, Sw. f[ o]r, Dan. for, adv. f[ o]r, Goth. fa[ u]r, fa[ u]ra, L. pro, Gr. ?, Skr. pra . [root] 202. Cf. {Fore}, {First},… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • For the reason that — For For, prep. [AS. for, fore; akin to OS. for, fora, furi, D. voor, OHG. fora, G. vor, OHG. furi, G. f[ u]r, Icel. fyrir, Sw. f[ o]r, Dan. for, adv. f[ o]r, Goth. fa[ u]r, fa[ u]ra, L. pro, Gr. ?, Skr. pra . [root] 202. Cf. {Fore}, {First},… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • The Lord of the Rings — This article is about the novel. For other uses, see The Lord of the Rings (disambiguation). The Lord of the Rings Tolkien s own cover designs for the three volumes Volumes: The Fellowship of the Ring …   Wikipedia

  • The Covenant, The Sword, and the Arm of the Lord — This article is about the organization. For the Cabaret Voltaire album, see The Covenant, The Sword, and the Arm of the Lord (album). The Covenant, The Sword, and the Arm of the Lord (CSA) was a radical Christian Identity organization formed in… …   Wikipedia

  • The Lord of the Rings Trading Card Game — Infobox Game | subject name= Lord of the Rings: Trading Card Game image link= image caption= designer= Mike Reynolds, Chuck Kallenbach, and Tom Lischke publisher= Decipher, Inc. players= 2 or more ages= 13 and up setup time= < 5 minutes playing… …   Wikipedia

  • Minor battles in The Lord of the Rings —   War of the Ring 1st Fords of Isen  …   Wikipedia

  • List of cooperative games for the Xbox 360 — This is a list of Xbox 360 games that include cooperative gameplay. Coop Modes *Campaign/Story Mode: Main story allows coop play:: Local Split Screen Coop:: Local Same Screen Coop:: Xbox Live Coop*Coop Missions: Separate mission mode from story… …   Wikipedia

  • List of Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones characters — Fire Emblem characters Shadow Dragon  (Marth) Seisen no Keifu Thracia 776 Fūin no Tsurugi Fire Emblem The Sacred Stones Path of Radiance Radiant Dawn This is a character list for the Game Boy Advance game Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones,… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»